Initial TQt conversion

132 files changed, 1770 insertions, 1770 deletions

diff --git a/src/autocompletionlayout.ui b/src/autocompletionlayout.ui
index 2c8c274..77236bc 100644
--- a/src/autocompletionlayout.ui
+++ b/src/autocompletionlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>AutoCompletionLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>AutoCompletionLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout20</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -52,14 +52,14 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QSpinBox">
+                <widget class="TQSpinBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pMinCharsSpin</cstring>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout21</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QSpinBox">
+                <widget class="TQSpinBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pDelaySpin</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout22</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QSpinBox">
+                <widget class="TQSpinBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pMaxEntriesSpin</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
                 </size>
             </property>
         </spacer>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout23</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
                         <string>OK</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp b/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp
index 577476a..f42deb6 100644
--- a/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/bookmarksdlg.cpp
@@ -28,28 +28,28 @@
 #include "bookmarksdlg.h"
 #include "queryview.h"
 
-BookmarksDlg::BookmarksDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+BookmarksDlg::BookmarksDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	BookmarksLayout (pParent, szName, true)
 {
 	// Do not show the "Function" column
 	m_pView->setColumnWidth(0, 0);
 	
 	// Handle requests for source locations
-	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SLOT(slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SLOT(slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 }
 
 BookmarksDlg::~BookmarksDlg()
 {
 }
 
-void BookmarksDlg::getBookmark(QString& sPath, uint& nLine)
+void BookmarksDlg::getBookmark(TQString& sPath, uint& nLine)
 {
 	sPath = m_sPath;
 	nLine = m_nLine;
 }
 
-void BookmarksDlg::slotLineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine)
+void BookmarksDlg::slotLineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine)
 {
 	m_sPath = sPath;
 	m_nLine = nLine;
diff --git a/src/bookmarksdlg.h b/src/bookmarksdlg.h
index ab74f9d..aaeced1 100644
--- a/src/bookmarksdlg.h
+++ b/src/bookmarksdlg.h
@@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ class BookmarksDlg : public BookmarksLayout
 Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	BookmarksDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	BookmarksDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~BookmarksDlg();
 
 	QueryView* getView() { return m_pView; }
-	void getBookmark(QString&, uint&);
+	void getBookmark(TQString&, uint&);
 	
 private:
-	QString m_sPath;
+	TQString m_sPath;
 	uint m_nLine;
 	
 private slots:
-	void slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint);	
+	void slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint);	
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/bookmarkslayout.ui b/src/bookmarkslayout.ui
index f1f8135..bbab5eb 100644
--- a/src/bookmarkslayout.ui
+++ b/src/bookmarkslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>BookmarksLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>BookmarksLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
                 <enum>Horizontal</enum>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCloseButton</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/calltreedlg.cpp b/src/calltreedlg.cpp
index 65ee4f8..75c9abb 100644
--- a/src/calltreedlg.cpp
+++ b/src/calltreedlg.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfile.h>
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
-#include <qwidgetstack.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
+#include <ntqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <ntqbuttongroup.h>
+#include <ntqwidgetstack.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kfiledialog.h>
 #include "calltreedlg.h"
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ int CallTreeDlg::s_nFileNameIndex = 0;
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-CallTreeDlg::CallTreeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+CallTreeDlg::CallTreeDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	CallTreeLayout(pParent, szName, CALL_TREE_W_FLAGS)
 {
 	// Set button pixmaps
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ CallTreeDlg::CallTreeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_pPrefButton->setPixmap(GET_PIXMAP(ButtonPref));
 	
 	// Open the location of a call
-	connect(m_pGraphWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
-		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
-	connect(m_pCalledWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
-		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
-	connect(m_pCallingWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
-		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pGraphWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pCalledWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pCallingWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 	
 	m_pCallingWidget->setMode(TreeWidget::Calling);
 	
@@ -93,14 +93,14 @@ CallTreeDlg::~CallTreeDlg()
 /**
  * @param	sFunc	The function to use as the root of the call tree
  */
-void CallTreeDlg::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
+void CallTreeDlg::setRoot(const TQString& sFunc)
 {
 	m_sRoot = sFunc;
 	
 	// Generate unique file name to save call tree later
 	m_sFileName = sFunc;
 	m_sFileName.replace(' ', '_');
-	m_sFileName += QString::number(++s_nFileNameIndex);
+	m_sFileName += TQString::number(++s_nFileNameIndex);
 	
 	// Set the root item in all views
 	m_pGraphWidget->setRoot(sFunc);
@@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ void CallTreeDlg::show()
  * is therefore safe to delete the graph file at this point.
  * @param	pEvent	Information on the closing event 
  */
-void CallTreeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
+void CallTreeDlg::closeEvent(TQCloseEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	if (!m_sFilePath.isEmpty())
-		QFile::remove(m_sFilePath);
+		TQFile::remove(m_sFilePath);
 		
 	emit closed(this);
-	QWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
+	TQWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
 }
 
 extern void yyinit(CallTreeDlg*, FILE*, Encoder*);
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ extern int yyparse();
  * @param	sFileName	The name of the call tree file to load
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool CallTreeDlg::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
+bool CallTreeDlg::load(const TQString& sProjPath, const TQString& sFileName)
 {
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 	FILE* pFile;
 	int nVersion, nView, nResult;
 	Encoder enc;
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ bool CallTreeDlg::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
  * closed.
  * @param	sProjPath	The full path of the project directory
  */
-void CallTreeDlg::store(const QString& sProjPath)
+void CallTreeDlg::store(const TQString& sProjPath)
 {
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 	FILE* pFile;
 	
 	// Create the full file path
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ void CallTreeDlg::store(const QString& sProjPath)
  */
 void CallTreeDlg::slotSaveClicked()
 {
-	QString sFile;
+	TQString sFile;
 	
 	// Prompt the user for a file name
 	sFile = KFileDialog::getSaveFileName(":kscope");
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ void CallTreeDlg::slotPrefClicked()
 	GraphPrefDlg dlg(this);
 	int nMaxNodeDegree;
 	
-	if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+	if (dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted) {
 		nMaxNodeDegree = dlg.getMaxNodeDegree();
 		Config().setGraphMaxNodeDegree(nMaxNodeDegree);
 		m_pGraphWidget->setMaxNodeDegree(nMaxNodeDegree);
diff --git a/src/calltreedlg.h b/src/calltreedlg.h
index d5f567b..092fd7d 100644
--- a/src/calltreedlg.h
+++ b/src/calltreedlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef CALLTREEDLG_H
 #define CALLTREEDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
 #include <calltreelayout.h>
 
 /**
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  * - Call graph, showing both calling and call functions
  * - Called functions tree
  * - Calling functions tree
- * NOTE: This is class is now derived from QWidget instead of QDialog. This 
+ * NOTE: This is class is now derived from TQWidget instead of TQDialog. This 
  * means that call-trees are independent windows, which can be maximised or
  * minimised.
  * @author Elad Lahav
@@ -48,15 +48,15 @@ class CallTreeDlg : public CallTreeLayout
    Q_OBJECT
    
 public: 
-	CallTreeDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	CallTreeDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~CallTreeDlg();
 	
-	void setRoot(const QString&);
-	bool load(const QString&, const QString&);
-	void store(const QString&);
+	void setRoot(const TQString&);
+	bool load(const TQString&, const TQString&);
+	void store(const TQString&);
 	
 	/** Returns Call Tree filename */
-	QString getFileName() { return m_sFileName; }
+	TQString getFileName() { return m_sFileName; }
 
 public slots:
 	virtual void show();
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the file to show
 	 * @param	nLine	The line number in this file
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Emitted when the user closes the tree view.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ signals:
 	void closed(const CallTreeDlg*);
 
 protected:
-	virtual void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*);
+	virtual void closeEvent(TQCloseEvent*);
 
 protected slots:
 	virtual void slotSaveClicked();
@@ -90,16 +90,16 @@ protected slots:
 	
 private:
 	/** The root function. */
-	QString m_sRoot;
+	TQString m_sRoot;
 	
 	/** A unique file name used for storing the call tree on a file.
 		The name is a combination of the root function and an incremented
 		index. */
-	QString m_sFileName;
+	TQString m_sFileName;
 	
 	/** The full path of the file on which the call tree was saved 
 		(empty if this graph was never stored). */
-	QString m_sFilePath;
+	TQString m_sFilePath;
 		
 	/** The view to show when the dialogue is first displayed. */
 	int m_nDefView;
diff --git a/src/calltreelayout.ui b/src/calltreelayout.ui
index 2562977..69beb2f 100644
--- a/src/calltreelayout.ui
+++ b/src/calltreelayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>CallTreeLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>CallTreeLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout2</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+                <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pViewGroup</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
                         <property name="margin">
                             <number>0</number>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pGraphButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
                                 <string>Call Graph</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pCalledButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
                                 <string>Called Functions Tree</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pCallingButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
                         <enum>Vertical</enum>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+                <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pGraphGroup</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
                         <property name="margin">
                             <number>0</number>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pSaveButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
                                 <string>Save As...</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pZoomInButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
                                 <string>Zoom In</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pZoomOutButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
                                 <string>Zoom Out</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pRotateButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
                                 <string>Rotate</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QToolButton">
+                        <widget class="TQToolButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pPrefButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
                 </spacer>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QWidgetStack">
+        <widget class="TQWidgetStack">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pStack</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
                     <verstretch>0</verstretch>
                 </sizepolicy>
             </property>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>WStackPage</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
                     </widget>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>WStackPage</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
                     </widget>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>WStackPage</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLabel">
+        <widget class="TQLabel">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pHelpLabel</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
     <slot access="protected">slotZoomOutClicked()</slot>
     <slot access="protected">slotRotateClicked()</slot>
     <slot access="protected">slotViewChanged(int)</slot>
-    <slot access="protected">slotViewChanged(QWidget*)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotViewChanged(TQWidget*)</slot>
     <slot access="protected">slotPrefClicked()</slot>
 </slots>
 <layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
diff --git a/src/calltreemanager.cpp b/src/calltreemanager.cpp
index 5dc8e9f..ac03cac 100644
--- a/src/calltreemanager.cpp
+++ b/src/calltreemanager.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The widget to use as the parent of all Call Tree 
   *					dialogues
  */
-CallTreeManager::CallTreeManager(QWidget* pParent) : QObject(pParent)
+CallTreeManager::CallTreeManager(TQWidget* pParent) : TQObject(pParent)
 {
 	// Delete dialogue objects when they are removed from the list
 	m_lstDialogs.setAutoDelete(true);
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ CallTreeManager::~CallTreeManager()
  * @param	sProjPath	The project's directory
  * @param	slFiles		Holds a list of saved file names, upon return
  */
-void CallTreeManager::saveOpenDialogs(const QString& sProjPath,
-	QStringList& slFiles)
+void CallTreeManager::saveOpenDialogs(const TQString& sProjPath,
+	TQStringList& slFiles)
 {
 	CallTreeDlg *pDlg;
 	
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ void CallTreeManager::saveOpenDialogs(const QString& sProjPath,
  * @param	sProjPath	The project's directory
  * @param	slFiles		A list of file names to open
  */
-void CallTreeManager::loadOpenDialogs(const QString& sProjPath,
-	const QStringList& slFiles)
+void CallTreeManager::loadOpenDialogs(const TQString& sProjPath,
+	const TQStringList& slFiles)
 {
-	QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+	TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
 	CallTreeDlg *pDlg;
 	
 	for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ CallTreeDlg* CallTreeManager::addDialog()
 	m_lstDialogs.append(pDlg); 
 	
 	// Open an editor whenever a function name is double-clicked
-	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
-		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+		this, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 
 	// Track the closing of the call tree dialog
 	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(closed(const CallTreeDlg*)), this,
diff --git a/src/calltreemanager.h b/src/calltreemanager.h
index adb91e6..09d47f7 100644
--- a/src/calltreemanager.h
+++ b/src/calltreemanager.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef CALLTREEMANAGER_H
 #define CALLTREEMANAGER_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqptrlist.h>
 
 class CallTreeDlg;
 
@@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ class CallTreeDlg;
  * Responsible for saving/loading of the call tree dialogs.
  * @author Albert Yosher
  */
-class CallTreeManager : public QObject
+class CallTreeManager : public TQObject
 {
    Q_OBJECT
    
 public: 
-	CallTreeManager(QWidget*);
+	CallTreeManager(TQWidget*);
 	~CallTreeManager();
 	
-	void saveOpenDialogs(const QString&, QStringList&);
-	void loadOpenDialogs(const QString&, const QStringList&);
+	void saveOpenDialogs(const TQString&, TQStringList&);
+	void loadOpenDialogs(const TQString&, const TQStringList&);
 	CallTreeDlg* addDialog();
 	void closeAll();
 	
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the file to show
 	 * @param	nLine	The line number in this file
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
 	 
 private:
 	/** The list of open call tree dialogues. */
-	QPtrList<CallTreeDlg> m_lstDialogs;
+	TQPtrList<CallTreeDlg> m_lstDialogs;
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotRemoveDialog(const CallTreeDlg*);
diff --git a/src/configfrontend.cpp b/src/configfrontend.cpp
index 27e4e32..66c9684 100644
--- a/src/configfrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/configfrontend.cpp
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ ConfigFrontend::~ConfigFrontend()
  * @param	bCscopeOptsOnly	Only verify cscope's path and options
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool ConfigFrontend::run(const QString& sCscopePath, 
-	const QString& sCtagsPath, const QString& sDotPath,
+bool ConfigFrontend::run(const TQString& sCscopePath, 
+	const TQString& sCtagsPath, const TQString& sDotPath,
 	bool bCscopeOptsOnly)
 {
-	QStringList slArgs;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
 	KStandardDirs sd;
-	QString sScript;
+	TQString sScript;
 	
 	// Execute using the user's shell
 	setUseShell(true);
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ bool ConfigFrontend::run(const QString& sCscopePath,
  * a different test.
  * @param	sToken	The generated token
  */
-Frontend::ParseResult ConfigFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken, 
+Frontend::ParseResult ConfigFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken, 
 	ParserDelim)
 {
 	uint nResult;
diff --git a/src/configfrontend.h b/src/configfrontend.h
index df5e303..4c43c35 100644
--- a/src/configfrontend.h
+++ b/src/configfrontend.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public:
 	ConfigFrontend(bool bAutoDelete = false);
 	~ConfigFrontend();
 	
-	bool run(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&, 
+	bool run(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&, 
 		bool bCscopeOptsOnly = false);
 	
 	/**
@@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	nType	The type of test executed
 	 * @param	sResult	The obtained result
 	 */
-	void result(uint nType, const QString& sResult);
+	void result(uint nType, const TQString& sResult);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
 	
 private:
 	/** The type of test whose result is expected next. */
diff --git a/src/cscopefrontend.cpp b/src/cscopefrontend.cpp
index 7c8f288..79d829e 100644
--- a/src/cscopefrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/cscopefrontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 #define REGEXP_STR		"Symbols matched %d of %d"
 #define SEARCHEND_STR	"%d lines"
 
-QString CscopeFrontend::s_sProjPath;
+TQString CscopeFrontend::s_sProjPath;
 uint CscopeFrontend::s_nProjArgs;
 uint CscopeFrontend::s_nSupArgs;
 
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ CscopeFrontend::~CscopeFrontend()
  * @param	slArgs	Command line arguments for Cscope
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool CscopeFrontend::run(const QStringList& slArgs)
+bool CscopeFrontend::run(const TQStringList& slArgs)
 {
-	QStringList slCmdLine;
+	TQStringList slCmdLine;
 
 	// Set the command line arguments
 	slCmdLine.append(Config().getCscopePath());
@@ -113,16 +113,16 @@ bool CscopeFrontend::run(const QStringList& slArgs)
  * @param	nMaxRecords	The maximal number of records to return (abort if this
  *						number is exceeded)
  */
-void CscopeFrontend::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase, 
+void CscopeFrontend::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase, 
 	uint nMaxRecords)
 {
-	QString sQuery;
-	QStringList slArgs;
+	TQString sQuery;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
 	
 	m_nMaxRecords = nMaxRecords;
 	
 	// Create the Cscope command line
-	slArgs.append(QString("-L") + QString::number(nType));
+	slArgs.append(TQString("-L") + TQString::number(nType));
 	slArgs.append(sText);
 	slArgs.append("-d");
 	if (!bCase)
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
  */
 void CscopeFrontend::rebuild()
 {
-	QStringList slArgs;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
 	
 	// If a process is already running, kill it start a new one
 	if (isRunning()) {
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::rebuild()
  * @param	sProjPath	The full path of the project's directory
  * @param	nArgs		Project-specific command-line arguments
  */
-void CscopeFrontend::init(const QString& sProjPath, uint nArgs)
+void CscopeFrontend::init(const TQString& sProjPath, uint nArgs)
 {
 	s_sProjPath = sProjPath;
 	s_nProjArgs = nArgs;
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::slotCancel()
  * @return	A value indicating the way this token should be treated: dropped,
  *			added to the token queue, or finishes a new record
  */
-Frontend::ParseResult CscopeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult CscopeFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
 	ParserDelim /* ignored */)
 {
 	int nFiles, nTotal, nRecords;
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Frontend::ParseResult CscopeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
  * Handles Cscope messages sent to the standard error stream.
  * @param	sText	The error message text
  */
-void CscopeFrontend::parseStderr(const QString& sText)
+void CscopeFrontend::parseStderr(const TQString& sText)
 {
 	// Wait for a complete line to arrive
 	m_sErrMsg += sText;
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ void CscopeFrontend::finalize()
  * @param	pMainWidget	The parent widget to use for the progress bar and
  * 						label
  */
-CscopeProgress::CscopeProgress(QWidget* pMainWidget) : QObject(),
+CscopeProgress::CscopeProgress(TQWidget* pMainWidget) : TQObject(),
 	m_pMainWidget(pMainWidget),
 	m_pProgressBar(NULL),
 	m_pLabel(NULL)
@@ -415,9 +415,9 @@ void CscopeProgress::setProgress(int nProgress, int nTotal)
 		
 		// Show the "Please wait..." label
 		if (m_pLabel == NULL) {
-			m_pLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Processing query results, "
+			m_pLabel = new TQLabel(i18n("Processing query results, "
 				"please wait..."), m_pMainWidget);
-			m_pLabel->setFrameStyle(QFrame::Box | QFrame::Plain);
+			m_pLabel->setFrameStyle(TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Plain);
 			m_pLabel->setLineWidth(1);
 			m_pLabel->adjustSize();
 			
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void CscopeProgress::setProgress(int nProgress, int nTotal)
 			m_pLabel->setPaletteForegroundColor(
 				KGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor());
 				
-			QTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowLabel()));
+			TQTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowLabel()));
 		}
 		
 		return;
@@ -437,8 +437,8 @@ void CscopeProgress::setProgress(int nProgress, int nTotal)
 	// first progress signal is received. Thus the bar will not be displayed
 	// on very short queries.
 	if (m_pProgressBar == NULL) {
-		m_pProgressBar = new QProgressBar(m_pMainWidget);
-		QTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowProgressBar()));
+		m_pProgressBar = new TQProgressBar(m_pMainWidget);
+		TQTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(slotShowProgressBar()));
 	}
 	
 	// Set the current progress value
@@ -490,14 +490,14 @@ void CscopeVerifier::verify()
 	ConfigFrontend* pConf;
 	 
 	pConf = new ConfigFrontend(true);
-	connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotConfigResult(uint, const QString&)));
+	connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotConfigResult(uint, const TQString&)));
 	connect(pConf, SIGNAL(finished(uint)), this, SLOT(slotFinished()));
 	
 	pConf->run(Config().getCscopePath(), "", "", true);
 }
 
-void CscopeVerifier::slotConfigResult(uint nType, const QString& sResult)
+void CscopeVerifier::slotConfigResult(uint nType, const TQString& sResult)
 {
 	switch (nType) {
 	case ConfigFrontend::CscopeVerbose:
diff --git a/src/cscopefrontend.h b/src/cscopefrontend.h
index 2b2c569..1743e34 100644
--- a/src/cscopefrontend.h
+++ b/src/cscopefrontend.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef CSCOPEFRONTEND_H
 #define CSCOPEFRONTEND_H
 
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qprogressbar.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqprogressbar.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
 #include "frontend.h"
 
 #define CSCOPE_RECORD_SIZE 4
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ public:
 	enum Options { VerboseOut = 0x01, SlowPathDef = 0x02,
 		Kernel = 0x04, InvIndex = 0x08, NoCompression = 0x10 };
 
-	void query(uint, const QString&, bool bCase = true, uint nMaxRecords = 0);
+	void query(uint, const TQString&, bool bCase = true, uint nMaxRecords = 0);
 	void rebuild();
 	
-	static void init(const QString&, uint);
+	static void init(const TQString&, uint);
 	
 	/**
 	 * @param	nArgs	The command-line arguments supported by the version of
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ signals:
 	void buildInvIndex();
 
 protected:
-	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
-	virtual void parseStderr(const QString&);
+	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
+	virtual void parseStderr(const TQString&);
 	virtual void finalize();
 
 private:
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ private:
 	ParserState m_state;
 	
 	/** Accumulates text sent by Cscope to the standard error stream. */
-	QString m_sErrMsg;
+	TQString m_sErrMsg;
 	
 	/** If true, the rebuild process will be restarted when the process
 		exits. */
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ private:
 	int m_nMaxRecords;
 	
 	/** The full path of the directory holding the project files. */
-	static QString s_sProjPath;
+	static TQString s_sProjPath;
 	
 	/** Project-specific options for the command-line arguments. */
 	static uint s_nProjArgs;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ private:
 	/** The command line arguments supported by this version of Cscope. */
 	static uint s_nSupArgs;
 	
-	bool run(const QStringList&);
+	bool run(const TQStringList&);
 };
 
 /**
@@ -136,12 +136,12 @@ private:
  * output is being processed.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class CscopeProgress : public QObject
+class CscopeProgress : public TQObject
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	CscopeProgress(QWidget*);
+	CscopeProgress(TQWidget*);
 	~CscopeProgress();
 	
 	void setProgress(int, int);
@@ -149,20 +149,20 @@ public:
 	
 private:
 	/** The parent widget for the progress bar and label. */
-	QWidget* m_pMainWidget;
+	TQWidget* m_pMainWidget;
 	
 	/** A bar used to display query progress information. */
-	QProgressBar* m_pProgressBar;
+	TQProgressBar* m_pProgressBar;
 	
 	/** A label used to display a "Please wait..." message. */
-	QLabel* m_pLabel;
+	TQLabel* m_pLabel;
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotShowProgressBar();
 	void slotShowLabel();
 };
 
-class CscopeVerifier : public QObject
+class CscopeVerifier : public TQObject
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ private:
 	uint m_nArgs;
 	
 private slots:
-	void slotConfigResult(uint, const QString&);
+	void slotConfigResult(uint, const TQString&);
 	void slotFinished();
 };
 
diff --git a/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp b/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp
index 1bf6656..2ffb469 100644
--- a/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/cscopemsgdlg.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qtextedit.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqtextedit.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
 #include "cscopemsgdlg.h"
 
 /**
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-CscopeMsgDlg::CscopeMsgDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
+CscopeMsgDlg::CscopeMsgDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
 	: CscopeMsgLayout(pParent, szName, false, 0)
 {
 	// Hide the dialog when the "Hide" button is clicked
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ CscopeMsgDlg::~CscopeMsgDlg()
  * After a new messsage is added, the dialog becomes visible.
  * @param	sText	The text of the message to add
  */
-void CscopeMsgDlg::addText(const QString& sText)
+void CscopeMsgDlg::addText(const TQString& sText)
 {
 	m_pMsgText->append(sText);
 	show();
diff --git a/src/cscopemsgdlg.h b/src/cscopemsgdlg.h
index 0cd45cd..cab1a25 100644
--- a/src/cscopemsgdlg.h
+++ b/src/cscopemsgdlg.h
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ class CscopeMsgDlg : public CscopeMsgLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	CscopeMsgDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	CscopeMsgDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~CscopeMsgDlg();
 	
-	void addText(const QString&);
+	void addText(const TQString&);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/cscopemsglayout.ui b/src/cscopemsglayout.ui
index 1a6458d..198a98e 100644
--- a/src/cscopemsglayout.ui
+++ b/src/cscopemsglayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.2" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>CscopeMsgLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>CscopeMsgLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QTextEdit">
+        <widget class="TQTextEdit">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pMsgText</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
                 <bool>true</bool>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pClearButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
                         <string>Clear</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pHideButton</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp b/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp
index 73f7519..425a435 100644
--- a/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/ctagsfrontend.cpp
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kshell.h>
 #include "ctagsfrontend.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
 
-QStringList CtagsFrontend::s_slExtraArgs;
+TQStringList CtagsFrontend::s_slExtraArgs;
 
 /**
  * Class constructor.
@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ CtagsFrontend::~CtagsFrontend()
  * @param	sFileName	The full path to the source file
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool CtagsFrontend::run(const QString& sFileName)
+bool CtagsFrontend::run(const TQString& sFileName)
 {
-	QString sPath;
-	QStringList slArgs;
+	TQString sPath;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
 
 	// Make sure the executable exists
 	sPath = Config().getCtagsPath();
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ bool CtagsFrontend::run(const QString& sFileName)
  * @return	true if the file in the given path exists and has executable
  *			permissions, false otherwise
  */
-bool CtagsFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
+bool CtagsFrontend::verify(const TQString& sPath)
 {
-	QFileInfo fi(sPath);
+	TQFileInfo fi(sPath);
 
 	if (!fi.exists() || !fi.isFile() || !fi.isExecutable() ||
 		fi.fileName().find("ctags", 0, false) == -1) {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ bool CtagsFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
  * command-line arguments.
  * @param	sArgs	The per-project command string
  */
-void CtagsFrontend::setExtraArgs(const QString& sArgs)
+void CtagsFrontend::setExtraArgs(const TQString& sArgs)
 {
 	s_slExtraArgs = KShell::splitArgs(sArgs);
 }
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void CtagsFrontend::setExtraArgs(const QString& sArgs)
  * @return	A value indicating the way this token should be treated: dropped,
  *			added to the token queue, or finishes a new record
  */
-Frontend::ParseResult CtagsFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult CtagsFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
 	ParserDelim delim)
 {
 	ParseResult result = DiscardToken;
diff --git a/src/ctagsfrontend.h b/src/ctagsfrontend.h
index 3c0c452..68985be 100644
--- a/src/ctagsfrontend.h
+++ b/src/ctagsfrontend.h
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ public:
 	CtagsFrontend();
 	~CtagsFrontend();
 
-	bool run(const QString&);
+	bool run(const TQString&);
 	
-	static bool verify(const QString&);
-	static void setExtraArgs(const QString&);
+	static bool verify(const TQString&);
+	static void setExtraArgs(const TQString&);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
 
 private:
 	/** State values for the parser state machine. */
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ private:
 	ParserState m_state;
 	
 	/** Additional ommand-line arguments (per-project). */
-	static QStringList s_slExtraArgs;
+	static TQStringList s_slExtraArgs;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/ctagslist.cpp b/src/ctagslist.cpp
index 687e9fb..0a0ae69 100644
--- a/src/ctagslist.cpp
+++ b/src/ctagslist.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qheader.h>
+#include <ntqheader.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "ctagslist.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
  * correct sorting.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class CtagsListItem : public QListViewItem
+class CtagsListItem : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
 	/**
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ public:
 	 * @param	sLine	The line in which the tag is defined
 	 * @param	sType	The type of the tag
 	 */
-	CtagsListItem(QListView* pParent, QString sName, QString sLine,
-		QString sType) : QListViewItem(pParent, sName, sLine, sType),
+	CtagsListItem(TQListView* pParent, TQString sName, TQString sLine,
+		TQString sType) : TQListViewItem(pParent, sName, sLine, sType),
 		m_nPendLine (sLine.toUInt()) {}
 
 	/**
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 	 * @return	0 if the items are equal, 1 if the local item is greater, -1
 	 * 			if the local item is lesser
 	 */
-	virtual int compare(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
+	virtual int compare(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
 		if (nCol == 1) {
 			uint nLineCur, nLineOther;
 			int nResult;
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
 		}
 
 		// Use default comparison for text columns
-		return QListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
+		return TQListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
 	}
 
 	/**
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ private:
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-CtagsList::CtagsList(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+CtagsList::CtagsList(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	SearchList(0, pParent, szName),
 	m_arrLines(16),
 	m_nItems(0),
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ CtagsList::CtagsList(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_pList->addColumn(i18n("Name"));
 	m_pList->addColumn(i18n("Line"));
 	m_pList->addColumn(i18n("Type"));
-	m_pList->setColumnAlignment(1, Qt::AlignRight);
+	m_pList->setColumnAlignment(1, TQt::AlignRight);
 
 	// Set colours and font
 	applyPrefs();
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ CtagsList::~CtagsList()
  */
 void CtagsList::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
 {
-	QString sName, sType, sLine;
+	TQString sName, sType, sLine;
 	CtagsListItem* pItem;
 	KScopePixmaps::PixName pix;
 	
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ void CtagsList::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
 	
 	// Resize the line array, if required
 	if (m_arrLines.size() < m_nItems)
-		m_arrLines.resize(m_nItems, QGArray::SpeedOptim);
+		m_arrLines.resize(m_nItems, TQGArray::SpeedOptim);
 	
 	// Add the new item to the line array
 	m_arrLines[m_nItems - 1] = pItem;
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void CtagsList::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
  * changes.
  * @param	pEvent	The event data
  */
-void CtagsList::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* pEvent)
+void CtagsList::resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	SearchList::resizeEvent(pEvent);
 	emit resized();
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ void CtagsList::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* pEvent)
  * highlighted and the ENTER key is pressed.
  * @param	pItem	The selected list item
  */
-void CtagsList::processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void CtagsList::processItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
-	QString sLine;
+	TQString sLine;
 
 	sLine = pItem->text(1);
 	emit lineRequested(sLine.toUInt());
@@ -284,9 +284,9 @@ void CtagsList::processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
  * @param	sTip	The constructed tip string (on return)
  * @return	Always true
  */
-bool CtagsList::getTip(QListViewItem* pItem, QString& sTip)
+bool CtagsList::getTip(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQString& sTip)
 {
-	sTip = QString("Type: <b>%1</b><br>Name: <b>%2</b><br>Line: <b>%3</b>").
+	sTip = TQString("Type: <b>%1</b><br>Name: <b>%2</b><br>Line: <b>%3</b>").
 		arg(pItem->text(2)).arg(pItem->text(0)).arg(pItem->text(1));
 	return true;
 }
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ void CtagsList::slotCtagsFinished(uint nRecords)
  */
 void CtagsList::slotSortChanged(int nSection)
 {
-	Qt::SortOrder order;
+	TQt::SortOrder order;
 	
 	// Determine whether the new order is ascending or descending
 	order = m_pList->sortOrder();
@@ -425,19 +425,19 @@ void CtagsList::slotSortChanged(int nSection)
 	switch (nSection) {
 	case 0:
 		// Sort by name
-		Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == Qt::Ascending ?
+		Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == TQt::Ascending ?
 			KScopeConfig::NameAsc : KScopeConfig::NameDes);
 		break;
 		
 	case 1:
 		// Sort by line
-		Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == Qt::Ascending ?
+		Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == TQt::Ascending ?
 			KScopeConfig::LineAsc : KScopeConfig::LineDes);
 		break;
 		
 	case 2:
 		// Sort by type
-		Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == Qt::Ascending ?
+		Config().setCtagSortOrder(order == TQt::Ascending ?
 			KScopeConfig::TypeAsc : KScopeConfig::TypeDes);
 		break;
 	}
diff --git a/src/ctagslist.h b/src/ctagslist.h
index 4d318cc..03d1560 100644
--- a/src/ctagslist.h
+++ b/src/ctagslist.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef CTAGSLIST_H
 #define CTAGSLIST_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-#include <qmemarray.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpixmap.h>
+#include <ntqmemarray.h>
 #include "searchlist.h"
 #include "frontend.h"
 
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ class CtagsList : public SearchList
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	CtagsList(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	CtagsList(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~CtagsList();
 
 	void applyPrefs();
 	void gotoLine(uint);
 	void clear();
 	
-	virtual bool getTip(QListViewItem*, QString&);
+	virtual bool getTip(TQListViewItem*, TQString&);
 	
 public slots:
 	void slotDataReady(FrontendToken*);
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ signals:
 	void lineRequested(uint nLine);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
-	virtual void processItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*);
+	virtual void processItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 	
 private:
 	/** An array of pointers to the tag list items, sorted by the line
 		number. */
-	QMemArray<CtagsListItem*> m_arrLines;
+	TQMemArray<CtagsListItem*> m_arrLines;
 	
 	/** The number of items in the tag list. */
 	uint m_nItems;
diff --git a/src/dirscanner.cpp b/src/dirscanner.cpp
index 517237e..ba8717e 100644
--- a/src/dirscanner.cpp
+++ b/src/dirscanner.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <ntqapplication.h>
 #include "dirscanner.h"
 
 /**
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * @param	bFinished	true if all files were scanned, false otherwise
  */
 DirScanEvent::DirScanEvent(int nFiles, bool bFinished)
-	: QCustomEvent(EventId),
+	: TQCustomEvent(EventId),
 	m_nFiles(nFiles),
 	m_bFinished(bFinished)
 {
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ DirScanEvent::DirScanEvent(int nFiles, bool bFinished)
  * @param	pDicFiles		Pointer to a map of current project files (to
  							avoid duplication)
  */
-DirScanner::DirScanner(QObject* pEventReceiver,
-	QDict<QListViewItem>* pDicFiles) : QThread(),
+DirScanner::DirScanner(TQObject* pEventReceiver,
+	TQDict<TQListViewItem>* pDicFiles) : TQThread(),
 	m_pEventReceiver(pEventReceiver),
 	m_pDicFiles(pDicFiles)
 {
@@ -70,18 +70,18 @@ DirScanner::~DirScanner()
  * @param	sNameFilter	Defines the search pattern
  * @param	bRecursive	true to descend into sub-dorectories, false otherwise
  */
-void DirScanner::start(const QString& sDir, const QString& sNameFilter,
+void DirScanner::start(const TQString& sDir, const TQString& sNameFilter,
 	bool bRecursive)
 {
 	// Initialise the search parameters
-	m_dir = QDir(sDir);
+	m_dir = TQDir(sDir);
 	m_sNameFilter = sNameFilter;
 	m_bCancel = false;
 	m_bRecursive = bRecursive;
 	m_slFiles.clear();
 
 	// Invoke the thread
-	QThread::start();
+	TQThread::start();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void DirScanner::run()
 	int nFiles;
 	
 	nFiles = scanDir(m_dir);
-	QApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
+	TQApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
 		new DirScanEvent(nFiles, true));
 	
 	m_setScanned.clear();
@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ void DirScanner::run()
  *			added
  * @return	The total number of files added
  */
-int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
+int DirScanner::scanDir(TQDir& dir)
 {
-	QString sCanon;
-	QStringList slDirFiles, slDirs;
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
-	QString sFile;
+	TQString sCanon;
+	TQStringList slDirFiles, slDirs;
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	TQString sFile;
 	int nFiles = 0;
 
 	if (m_bCancel)
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
 	m_setScanned.insert(sCanon);
 	
 	// Add all files in this directory
-	slDirFiles = dir.entryList(m_sNameFilter, QDir::Files);
+	slDirFiles = dir.entryList(m_sNameFilter, TQDir::Files);
 	for (itr = slDirFiles.begin(); itr != slDirFiles.end(); ++itr) {
 		sFile = dir.absPath() + "/" + *itr;
 
@@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
 		}
 	}
 
-	QApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
+	TQApplication::postEvent(m_pEventReceiver,
 		new DirScanEvent(nFiles, false));
 	
 	// Recurse into sub-directories, if requested
 	if (!m_bRecursive)
 		return nFiles;
 
-	slDirs = dir.entryList(QDir::Dirs);
+	slDirs = dir.entryList(TQDir::Dirs);
 
 	// Iterate the list of sub-directories
 	for (itr = slDirs.begin(); itr != slDirs.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ int DirScanner::scanDir(QDir& dir)
 			continue;
 
 		// Add the files in each sub-directory
-		QDir dirSub(dir);
+		TQDir dirSub(dir);
 		if (dirSub.cd(*itr))
 			nFiles += scanDir(dirSub);
 	}
diff --git a/src/dirscanner.h b/src/dirscanner.h
index b25fc2d..a494052 100644
--- a/src/dirscanner.h
+++ b/src/dirscanner.h
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 #ifndef DIRSCANNER_H
 #define DIRSCANNER_H
 
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qevent.h>
-#include <qthread.h>
-#include <qdir.h>
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqevent.h>
+#include <ntqthread.h>
+#include <ntqdir.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
 
 class DirScanner;
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class DirScanner;
  * dir scanning thread to the main application thread.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class DirScanEvent : public QCustomEvent
+class DirScanEvent : public TQCustomEvent
 {
 public:
 	/** The event's unique ID. */
@@ -60,21 +60,21 @@ public:
 
 /**
  * A set of unique strings.
- * Qt3 does not have a set class, so this is a simple implementation based on
- * a QDict of dummy int pointers.
+ * TQt3 does not have a set class, so this is a simple implementation based on
+ * a TQDict of dummy int pointers.
  * @author	Elad Lahav
  */
-class StringSet : public QDict<int>
+class StringSet : public TQDict<int>
 {
 public:
-	StringSet() : QDict<int>() {}
+	StringSet() : TQDict<int>() {}
 	
-	void insert(const QString& sItem) {
+	void insert(const TQString& sItem) {
 		static int nDummy = 0;
-		QDict<int>::insert(sItem, &nDummy);
+		TQDict<int>::insert(sItem, &nDummy);
 	}
 	
-	bool exists(const QString& sItem) {
+	bool exists(const TQString& sItem) {
 		return find(sItem) != NULL;
 	}
 };
@@ -83,18 +83,18 @@ public:
  * Scans a directory for files matching a given pattern, using a separate thread.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class DirScanner : public QThread
+class DirScanner : public TQThread
 {
 public: 
-	DirScanner(QObject*, QDict<QListViewItem>*);
+	DirScanner(TQObject*, TQDict<TQListViewItem>*);
 	~DirScanner();
 
-	void start(const QString&, const QString&, bool);
+	void start(const TQString&, const TQString&, bool);
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	The list of files scanned by this thread.
 	 */
-	const QStringList& getFiles() { return m_slFiles; }
+	const TQStringList& getFiles() { return m_slFiles; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * Stops a scanning process, by setting the object's cancel flag.
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@ protected:
 
 private:
 	/** Pointer to an object that receives the scanner update events. */
-	QObject* m_pEventReceiver;
+	TQObject* m_pEventReceiver;
 	
 	/** Currently scanned directory. */
-	QDir m_dir;
+	TQDir m_dir;
 	
 	/**
 	 * A set of already-scanned directories (prevents infinite loops in case
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ private:
 	
 	/** Pointer to a list of files indexed by the file path (used to identify
 		files that should not appear in the scan results.) */
-	QDict<QListViewItem>* m_pDicFiles;
+	TQDict<TQListViewItem>* m_pDicFiles;
 	
 	/** Regular expression for scanning source files. */
-	QString m_sNameFilter;
+	TQString m_sNameFilter;
 	
 	/** The list of scanned file paths. */
-	QStringList m_slFiles;
+	TQStringList m_slFiles;
 	
 	/** A cancellation flag. Stops the scanning process when raised. */
 	bool m_bCancel;
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ private:
 	/** true to descend to child directories, false otherwise. */
 	bool m_bRecursive;
 	
-	int scanDir(QDir&);
+	int scanDir(TQDir&);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/dotfrontend.cpp b/src/dotfrontend.cpp
index e0cfbed..69e825d 100644
--- a/src/dotfrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/dotfrontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qpaintdevicemetrics.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqpaintdevicemetrics.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "dotfrontend.h"
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ DotFrontend::~DotFrontend()
  *					description
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool DotFrontend::run(const QString& sFile)
+bool DotFrontend::run(const TQString& sFile)
 {
-	QString sPath;
-	QStringList slArgs;
-	QPaintDeviceMetrics pdm(m_pGraph);
+	TQString sPath;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
+	TQPaintDeviceMetrics pdm(m_pGraph);
 	
 	// Set the horizontal and vertical DPI values
 	m_dDpiX = (double)pdm.logicalDpiX();
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ bool DotFrontend::run(const QString& sFile)
  * @return	true if the file in the given path exists and has executable
  *			permissions, false otherwise
  */
-bool DotFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
+bool DotFrontend::verify(const TQString& sPath)
 {
-	QFileInfo fi(sPath);
+	TQFileInfo fi(sPath);
 
 	if (!fi.exists() || !fi.isFile() || !fi.isExecutable() ||
 		fi.fileName() != "dot") {
@@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ bool DotFrontend::verify(const QString& sPath)
  * @return	A value indicating the way this token should be treated: dropped,
  *			added to the token queue, or finishes a new record
  */
-Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
+Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken,
 	ParserDelim delim)
 {
 	static int nWidth, nHeight, nXpos, nYpos, nCurveSize, nCurveCount;
-	static QPointArray arrCurve;
-	static QString sNode, sEdgeHead, sEdgeTail;
+	static TQPointArray arrCurve;
+	static TQString sNode, sEdgeHead, sEdgeTail;
 	ParseResult result = DiscardToken;
 	double dVal;
 	bool bOK;
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
 			nHeight = (int)(dVal * m_dDpiY);
 			
 			// Create the bounding rectangle of the node
-			QRect rect;
+			TQRect rect;
 			rect.setX(nXpos - (nWidth / 2));
 			rect.setY(nYpos - (nHeight / 2));
 			rect.setWidth(nWidth);
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Frontend::ParseResult DotFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken,
 				// Draw the edge
 				m_pGraph->drawEdge(sEdgeHead, sEdgeTail, arrCurve);
 				
-				// Must detach from contents since a QPointArray shares data
+				// Must detach from contents since a TQPointArray shares data
 				arrCurve.detach();
 				
 				m_state = EndNodeEdge;
diff --git a/src/dotfrontend.h b/src/dotfrontend.h
index 24f14f0..4f75b6f 100644
--- a/src/dotfrontend.h
+++ b/src/dotfrontend.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #define DOTFRONTEND_H
 
 #include <frontend.h>
-#include <qpointarray.h>
+#include <ntqpointarray.h>
 
 class GraphWidget;
 
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ public:
 	DotFrontend(GraphWidget*);
 	~DotFrontend();
 
-	bool run(const QString&);
+	bool run(const TQString&);
 	
-	static bool verify(const QString&);
+	static bool verify(const TQString&);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
 
 private:
 	/** The owner graph widget on which to draw. */
diff --git a/src/dotparse.ypp b/src/dotparse.ypp
index f21b9e3..f8e8960 100644
--- a/src/dotparse.ypp
+++ b/src/dotparse.ypp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /* dot.y */
 
 %{
-#include <qdict.h>
-#include <qptrstack.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
+#include <ntqptrstack.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
 #include "calltreedlg.h"
 #include "graphwidget.h"
 #include "treewidget.h"
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ int yylex();
 void yyinit(CallTreeDlg*, FILE*, Encoder*);
 void yyerror(const char*);
 
-static QMap<QString, QString> s_pMapAttr;
-static QStack<QListViewItem> s_pParentStack;
-static QListView* s_pTree;
+static TQMap<TQString, TQString> s_pMapAttr;
+static TQStack<TQListViewItem> s_pParentStack;
+static TQListView* s_pTree;
 
 static GraphWidget* s_pGraph;
 static TreeWidget* s_pCallTree;
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ static Encoder* s_pEncoder;
 %}
 
 %union {
-	QString* pText;
+	TQString* pText;
 }
 
 %token GRAPH DIGRAPH NODE NAME STRING NUMBER DIR_EDGE UNDIR_EDGE
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ calling_tree_prepare
 root_node
 	: root_tree_node '{' child_list '}'
 		{
-			QListViewItem* pItem;
+			TQListViewItem* pItem;
 			
 			pItem = s_pParentStack.pop();
 			if (pItem->firstChild() != NULL)
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ root_node
 root_tree_node
 	: NAME
 		{
-			QListViewItem* pItem;
+			TQListViewItem* pItem;
 			
-			pItem = new QListViewItem(s_pTree, *$1);
+			pItem = new TQListViewItem(s_pTree, *$1);
 			s_pParentStack.push(pItem);
 			delete $1;
 		}
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ child_list
 child_node
 	: tree_node tree_attributes '{' child_list '}'
 		{
-			QListViewItem* pItem;
+			TQListViewItem* pItem;
 			
 			pItem = s_pParentStack.pop();
 			if (pItem->firstChild() != NULL)
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ child_node
 tree_node
 	: NAME
 		{
-			QListViewItem* pItem;
+			TQListViewItem* pItem;
 			
-			pItem = new QListViewItem(s_pParentStack.top(), *$1);
+			pItem = new TQListViewItem(s_pParentStack.top(), *$1);
 			s_pParentStack.push(pItem);
 			delete $1;
 		}
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ tree_node
 tree_attributes
 	: attributes
 		{
-			QListViewItem* pItem;
+			TQListViewItem* pItem;
 			
 			pItem = s_pParentStack.top();
 			pItem->setText(1, s_pMapAttr["kscope_file"]);
diff --git a/src/dotscan.lpp b/src/dotscan.lpp
index 68887b3..dede564 100644
--- a/src/dotscan.lpp
+++ b/src/dotscan.lpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* dot.l */
 
 %{
-#include <qstring.h>
+#include <ntqstring.h>
 #include "dotparse.hpp"
 %}
 
diff --git a/src/editormanager.cpp b/src/editormanager.cpp
index 253bf6c..505a6cb 100644
--- a/src/editormanager.cpp
+++ b/src/editormanager.cpp
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-EditorManager::EditorManager(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+EditorManager::EditorManager(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	KParts::PartManager(pParent, szName)
 {
 	applyPrefs();
diff --git a/src/editormanager.h b/src/editormanager.h
index 413ffed..0a2a42b 100644
--- a/src/editormanager.h
+++ b/src/editormanager.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef EDITORMANAGER_H
 #define EDITORMANAGER_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include <kparts/partmanager.h>
 #include <klibloader.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/document.h>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class EditorManager : public KParts::PartManager
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	EditorManager(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	EditorManager(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~EditorManager();
 
 	KTextEditor::Document* add();
diff --git a/src/editorpage.cpp b/src/editorpage.cpp
index 5c183b9..a838e76 100644
--- a/src/editorpage.cpp
+++ b/src/editorpage.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <kdeversion.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/selectioninterface.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/viewcursorinterface.h>
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, QPopupMenu* pMenu,
-	QTabWidget* pParent, const char* szName) : QHBox(pParent, szName),
+EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, TQPopupMenu* pMenu,
+	TQTabWidget* pParent, const char* szName) : TQHBox(pParent, szName),
 	m_pParentTab(pParent),
 	m_pDoc(pDoc),
 	m_bOpen(false),
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, QPopupMenu* pMenu,
 	KTextEditor::PopupMenuInterface* pMenuIf;
 	KTextEditor::ViewCursorInterface* pCursorIf;
 	
-	// Create code-completion objects (will be deleted by QObject destructor)
+	// Create code-completion objects (will be deleted by TQObject destructor)
 	m_pCompletion = new SymbolCompletion(this, this);
 	
 	// Set read-only mode, if required
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ EditorPage::EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document* pDoc, QPopupMenu* pMenu,
 		m_pDoc->setReadWrite(false);
 	
 	// Create the child widgets
-	m_pSplit = new QSplitter(this);
+	m_pSplit = new TQSplitter(this);
 	m_pCtagsList = new CtagsList(m_pSplit);
 	m_pView = m_pDoc->createView(m_pSplit);
-	m_pSplit->setResizeMode(m_pCtagsList, QSplitter::KeepSize);
+	m_pSplit->setResizeMode(m_pCtagsList, TQSplitter::KeepSize);
 	
 	// Perform tasks only when the document has been loaded completely
 	connect(m_pDoc, SIGNAL(completed()), this, SLOT(slotFileOpened()));
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ KTextEditor::View* EditorPage::getView()
  * @return	The path of the file associated with the Document object, empty 
  *			string if no file is currently open
  */
-QString EditorPage::getFilePath()
+TQString EditorPage::getFilePath()
 {
 	return m_pDoc->url().path();
 }
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ QString EditorPage::getFilePath()
  * @return	The name of the file associated with the Document object, empty 
  *			string if no file is currently open
  */
-QString EditorPage::getFileName()
+TQString EditorPage::getFileName()
 {
 	return m_sName;
 }
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ bool EditorPage::isModified()
  * Opens a file for editing.
  * @param	sFileName	The full path name of the file to edit.
  */
-void EditorPage::open(const QString& sFileName)
+void EditorPage::open(const TQString& sFileName)
 {
 	// Open the given file
 	m_bOpen = false;
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ void EditorPage::save()
  */
 bool EditorPage::close(bool bForce)
 {
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 	
 	// To override the prompt-on-close behaviour, we need to mark the file
 	// as unmodified
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void EditorPage::addBookmark(uint nLine)
 void EditorPage::getBookmarks(FileLocationList& fll)
 {
 	KTextEditor::MarkInterface* pMarkIf;
-	QPtrList<KTextEditor::Mark> plMarks;
+	TQPtrList<KTextEditor::Mark> plMarks;
 	KTextEditor::Mark* pMark;
 	
 	// Get the marks interface
@@ -303,14 +303,14 @@ void EditorPage::getBookmarks(FileLocationList& fll)
  * @return	The selected text, or a null string if no text is currently
  * 			selected
  */
-QString EditorPage::getSelection()
+TQString EditorPage::getSelection()
 {
 	KTextEditor::SelectionInterface* pSelect;
 
 	// Get the selected text
 	pSelect = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::SelectionInterface*>(m_pDoc);
 	if (!pSelect || !pSelect->hasSelection())
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 
 	// Return the selected text
 	return pSelect->selection();
@@ -320,25 +320,25 @@ QString EditorPage::getSelection()
  * Attempts to extract a valid C symbol from the location of the cursor, by
  * starting at the current line and column, and looking forward and backward
  * for non-symbol characters.
- * @return	A C symbol under the cursor, if any, or QString::null otherwise
+ * @return	A C symbol under the cursor, if any, or TQString::null otherwise
  */
-QString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
+TQString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
 {
 	KTextEditor::ViewCursorInterface* pCursor;
 	KTextEditor::EditInterface* pEditIf;
-	QString sLine;
+	TQString sLine;
 	uint nLine, nCol, nFrom, nTo, nLast, nLength;
-	QChar ch;
+	TQChar ch;
 
 	// Get a cursor object
 	pCursor = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::ViewCursorInterface*>(m_pView);
 	if (pCursor == NULL)
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 
 	// Get a pointer to the edit interface	
 	pEditIf = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::EditInterface*>(m_pDoc);
 	if (!pEditIf)
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 	
 	// Get the line on which the cursor is positioned
 	pCursor->cursorPositionReal(&nLine, &nCol);
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ QString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
 	// Mark empty words
 	nLength = nTo - nFrom;
 	if (nLength == 0)
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 	
 	// Return the in-word position, if required
 	if (pPosInWord != NULL)
@@ -383,14 +383,14 @@ QString EditorPage::getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord)
  * is returned. Otherwise, the word under the cursor location is returned, if
  * one exists.
  * @return	Either the currently selected text, or the word under the cursor,
- *			or QString::null if both options fail
+ *			or TQString::null if both options fail
  */
-QString EditorPage::getSuggestedText()
+TQString EditorPage::getSuggestedText()
 {
-	QString sText;
+	TQString sText;
 	
 	sText = getSelection();
-	if (sText == QString::null)
+	if (sText == TQString::null)
 		sText = getWordUnderCursor();
 	
 	return sText;	
@@ -400,22 +400,22 @@ QString EditorPage::getSuggestedText()
  * Returns the contents of the requested line.
  * Truncates the leading and trailing white spaces.
  * @param	nLine	The line number
- * @return	The text of the requested line, if successful, QString::null
+ * @return	The text of the requested line, if successful, TQString::null
  *			otherwise
  */
-QString EditorPage::getLineContents(uint nLine)
+TQString EditorPage::getLineContents(uint nLine)
 {
 	KTextEditor::EditInterface* pEditIf;
-	QString sLine;
+	TQString sLine;
 
 	// Cannot accept line 0
 	if (nLine == 0)
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 	
 	// Get a pointer to the edit interface
 	pEditIf = dynamic_cast<KTextEditor::EditInterface*>(m_pDoc);
 	if (!pEditIf)
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 
 	// Get the line on which the cursor is positioned
 	sLine = pEditIf->textLine(nLine - 1);
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void EditorPage::setTabWidth(uint nTabWidth)
 {
 	Kate::Document* pKateDoc;
 	Kate::Command* pKateCmd;
-	QString sCmd, sResult;
+	TQString sCmd, sResult;
 	
 	pKateDoc = dynamic_cast<Kate::Document*>(m_pDoc);
 	if ((pKateDoc) &&
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ void EditorPage::setTabWidth(uint nTabWidth)
  */
 void EditorPage::slotFileOpened()
 {
-	QFileInfo fi(m_pDoc->url().path());
+	TQFileInfo fi(m_pDoc->url().path());
 	
 	// Get file information
 	m_sName = fi.fileName();
diff --git a/src/editorpage.h b/src/editorpage.h
index 0af3aaf..37a6e65 100644
--- a/src/editorpage.h
+++ b/src/editorpage.h
@@ -28,11 +28,11 @@
 #ifndef EDITORPAGE_H
 #define EDITORPAGE_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qhbox.h>
-#include <qsplitter.h>
-#include <qtabwidget.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqhbox.h>
+#include <ntqsplitter.h>
+#include <ntqtabwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/document.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/view.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/markinterfaceextension.h>
@@ -53,16 +53,16 @@
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
 
-class EditorPage : public QHBox, SymbolCompletion::Interface
+class EditorPage : public TQHBox, SymbolCompletion::Interface
 {
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document*, QPopupMenu*, QTabWidget* pParent = 0,
+	EditorPage(KTextEditor::Document*, TQPopupMenu*, TQTabWidget* pParent = 0,
 		const char* szName = 0);
 	~EditorPage();
 
-	void open(const QString&);
+	void open(const TQString&);
 	void setNewFile();
 	void save();
 	bool close(bool bForce = false);
@@ -74,26 +74,26 @@ public:
 	
 	KTextEditor::Document* getDocument();
 	KTextEditor::View* getView();
-	QString getFilePath();
-	QString getFileName();
+	TQString getFilePath();
+	TQString getFileName();
 	bool isWritable();
 	bool isModified();
-	QString getSelection();
-	QString getSuggestedText();
-	QString getLineContents(uint);
+	TQString getSelection();
+	TQString getSuggestedText();
+	TQString getLineContents(uint);
 	void setLayout(bool bShowTagList, const SPLIT_SIZES&);	
 	bool getCursorPos(uint&, uint&);
 	bool setCursorPos(uint, uint nCol = 1);
 	void setTabWidth(uint);
 	
-	virtual QString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord = NULL);
+	virtual TQString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord = NULL);
 
 	/**
 	 * Implements the SymbolCompletion interface method for returning an
 	 * object that supports KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface.
 	 * @return	A pointer to the View object of the editor
 	 */	
-	virtual QObject* getCCObject() { return m_pView; }
+	virtual TQObject* getCCObject() { return m_pView; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	true if a previously unsaved file is currently being edited,
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	pPage	The emitting object
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the loaded file
 	 */
-	void fileOpened(EditorPage* pPage, const QString& sPath);
+	void fileOpened(EditorPage* pPage, const TQString& sPath);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Emitted when an editor is opened for editing a new file.
@@ -146,24 +146,24 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the saved file
 	 * @param	bIsNew	true if this is a new file, false otherwise
 	 */
-	void fileSaved(const QString& sPath, bool bIsNew);
+	void fileSaved(const TQString& sPath, bool bIsNew);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Emitted when a file is closed.
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the closed file
 	 */
-	void fileClosed(const QString& sPath);
+	void fileClosed(const TQString& sPath);
 
 private:
 	/** The tab widget holding this page. */
-	QTabWidget* m_pParentTab;
+	TQTabWidget* m_pParentTab;
 	
 	/** A Ctags process to use on the edited source file. */
 	CtagsFrontend m_ctags;
 	
 	/** An adjustable splitter for separating the tag list from the editor
 		part. */
-	QSplitter* m_pSplit;
+	TQSplitter* m_pSplit;
 	
 	/** A list view for displaying Ctags results. */
 	CtagsList* m_pCtagsList;
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ private:
 	bool m_bNewFile;
 	
 	/** The name of the file being edited. */
-	QString m_sName;
+	TQString m_sName;
 	
 	/** true if the file system allows this file to be modified, false
 	    otherwise. */
diff --git a/src/editortabs.cpp b/src/editortabs.cpp
index 5af9be1..af9587c 100644
--- a/src/editortabs.cpp
+++ b/src/editortabs.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <kurldrag.h>
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
  * @param	pParent		The parent widget
  * @param	szName		The widget's name
  */
-EditorTabs::EditorTabs(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+EditorTabs::EditorTabs(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	TabWidget(pParent, szName),
 	m_pCurPage(NULL),
 	m_pWindowMenu(NULL),
@@ -53,16 +53,16 @@ EditorTabs::EditorTabs(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	setAcceptDrops(true);
 	
 	// Close an editor page when its close button is clicked
-	connect(this, SIGNAL(closeRequest(QWidget*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotRemovePage(QWidget*)));
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(closeRequest(TQWidget*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotRemovePage(TQWidget*)));
 	
 	// Set an editor page as the active part, when its tab is selected	
-	connect(this, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QWidget*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*)));
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(currentChanged(TQWidget*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*)));
 
 	// Start dragging a file from a tab
-	connect(this, SIGNAL(initiateDrag(QWidget*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotInitiateDrag(QWidget*)));
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(initiateDrag(TQWidget*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotInitiateDrag(TQWidget*)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ EditorTabs::~EditorTabs()
  * @param	pWindowMenu	Pointer to the main window's "Window" menu (used to
  * 						add an activation menu item for each editor page)
  */
-void EditorTabs::setWindowMenu(QPopupMenu* pWindowMenu)
+void EditorTabs::setWindowMenu(TQPopupMenu* pWindowMenu)
 {
 	m_pWindowMenu = pWindowMenu;
 	connect(pWindowMenu, SIGNAL(aboutToShow()), this,
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ void EditorTabs::addEditorPage(EditorPage* pNewPage)
 
 	// Add the file edited by this page to the map, and display its name,
 	// once the file is opened
-	connect(pNewPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const QString&)));
+	connect(pNewPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const TQString&)));
 
 	// Handle new unnamed files
 	connect(pNewPage, SIGNAL(newFile(EditorPage*)), this,
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void EditorTabs::addEditorPage(EditorPage* pNewPage)
  *							current one
  * @return	The editor page object, if found, NULL otherwise
  */
-EditorPage* EditorTabs::findEditorPage(const QString& sFileName,
+EditorPage* EditorTabs::findEditorPage(const TQString& sFileName,
 	bool bForceChange)
 {
 	EditorMap::iterator itr;
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ EditorPage* EditorTabs::getCurrentPage()
  */
 void EditorTabs::removeCurrentPage()
 {
-	QWidget* pPage;
+	TQWidget* pPage;
 
 	// Get the active page, if any
 	pPage = currentPage();
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ void EditorTabs::removeCurrentPage()
  */
 bool EditorTabs::removeAllPages()
 {
-	QWidget* pPage;
+	TQWidget* pPage;
 	
 	// Check if there are any modified files
 	if (getModifiedFilesCount()) {
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ bool EditorTabs::removeAllPages()
 /**
  * Keeps track of the currently active editor page, and notifies on a change
  * in the active page.
- * This slot is connected to the currentChanged() signal of the QTabWidget 
+ * This slot is connected to the currentChanged() signal of the TQTabWidget 
  * object.
  * @param	pWidget	The new active page
  */
-void EditorTabs::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
+void EditorTabs::slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget* pWidget)
 {
 	EditorPage* pOldPage;
 
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of the file edited in this page
  */
 void EditorTabs::slotAttachFile(EditorPage* pEditPage,
-	const QString& sFilePath)
+	const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	// Set the appropriate tab icon, according to the file permissions
 	if (pEditPage->isWritable())
@@ -288,11 +288,11 @@ void EditorTabs::slotAttachFile(EditorPage* pEditPage,
  */
 void EditorTabs::slotNewFile(EditorPage* pEditPage)
 {
-	QString sCaption;
+	TQString sCaption;
 	
 	// Set the tab caption to mark a new file
 	m_nNewFiles++;
-	sCaption = i18n("Untitled ") + QString::number(m_nNewFiles);
+	sCaption = i18n("Untitled ") + TQString::number(m_nNewFiles);
 	changeTab(pEditPage, 
 		Pixmaps().getPixmap(KScopePixmaps::TabRW),
 		sCaption);
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ void EditorTabs::showBookmarks(QueryView* pView)
 		// Populate the view
 		for (pLoc = fll.first(); pLoc; pLoc = fll.next()) {
 			pView->addRecord("", pLoc->m_sPath,
-				QString::number(pLoc->m_nLine + 1),
+				TQString::number(pLoc->m_nLine + 1),
 				pPage->getLineContents(pLoc->m_nLine + 1));
 		}
 		
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ void EditorTabs::showBookmarks(QueryView* pView)
  * This slot is connected to the clicked() signal of the tab's close button.
  * @param	pPage	The EditorPage object to remove
  */
-void EditorTabs::slotRemovePage(QWidget* pPage)
+void EditorTabs::slotRemovePage(TQWidget* pPage)
 {
 	removePage(pPage, false);
 }
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotToggleTagList()
  * The event is accepted if the dragged object is a list of file paths.
  * @param	pEvent	The drag move event object
  */
-void EditorTabs::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* pEvent)
+void EditorTabs::dragMoveEvent(TQDragMoveEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	KURL::List list;
 	bool bAccept;
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ void EditorTabs::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* pEvent)
  * Handles file drops over an empty tab widget, or over the tab bar.
  * @param	pEvent	The drop event object
  */
-void EditorTabs::dropEvent(QDropEvent* pEvent)
+void EditorTabs::dropEvent(TQDropEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	emit filesDropped(pEvent);
 }
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void EditorTabs::dropEvent(QDropEvent* pEvent)
  * widget.
  * @param	pWidget	The page whose tab is being dragged
  */
-void EditorTabs::slotInitiateDrag(QWidget* pWidget)
+void EditorTabs::slotInitiateDrag(TQWidget* pWidget)
 {
 	KURL url;
 	KURLDrag* pDrag;
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotGoRight()
  */
 void EditorTabs::slotFillWindowMenu()
 {
-	QString sLabel;
+	TQString sLabel;
 	int i;
 	
 	// Delete old menu items
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ void EditorTabs::slotFillWindowMenu()
 	
 	// Add new items
 	for (i = 0; i < count(); i++) {
-		sLabel = (i < 10) ? QString("&%1 %2").arg(i).arg(label(i)) : label(i);
+		sLabel = (i < 10) ? TQString("&%1 %2").arg(i).arg(label(i)) : label(i);
 		m_pWindowMenu->insertItem(sLabel, i);
 	}
 	
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ void EditorTabs::slotSetCurrentPage(int nId)
  *					false otherwise
  * @return	true if the page was removed, false otherwise
  */
-bool EditorTabs::removePage(QWidget* pPage, bool bForce)
+bool EditorTabs::removePage(TQWidget* pPage, bool bForce)
 {
 	EditorPage* pEditPage;
-	QString sFilePath;
+	TQString sFilePath;
 	
 	// Store the file path for later
 	pEditPage = (EditorPage*)pPage;
diff --git a/src/editortabs.h b/src/editortabs.h
index 67d0c17..76fb4b2 100644
--- a/src/editortabs.h
+++ b/src/editortabs.h
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 #ifndef EDITORTABS_H
 #define EDITORTABS_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
 #include "tabwidget.h"
 #include "editorpage.h"
 #include "projectmanager.h"
 
-typedef QMap<QString, EditorPage*> EditorMap;
+typedef TQMap<TQString, EditorPage*> EditorMap;
 class QueryView;
 
 /**
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ class EditorTabs : public TabWidget
    Q_OBJECT
    
 public:
-	EditorTabs(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	EditorTabs(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~EditorTabs();
 
-	void setWindowMenu(QPopupMenu*);
+	void setWindowMenu(TQPopupMenu*);
 	void addEditorPage(EditorPage*);
-	EditorPage* findEditorPage(const QString&, bool bForceChange = false);
+	EditorPage* findEditorPage(const TQString&, bool bForceChange = false);
 	EditorPage* getCurrentPage();
 	void removeCurrentPage();
 	bool removeAllPages();
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 	void showBookmarks(QueryView*);
 	
 public slots:
-	void slotRemovePage(QWidget*);
+	void slotRemovePage(TQWidget*);
 	void slotToggleTagList();
 	void slotSaveAll();
 	void slotGoLeft();
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ signals:
 	 * Indicates that files were dragged and dropped over the tab widget.
 	 * @param	pEvent	The drop event information
 	 */
-	void filesDropped(QDropEvent* pEvent);
+	void filesDropped(TQDropEvent* pEvent);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent*);
-	virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent*);
+	virtual void dragMoveEvent(TQDragMoveEvent*);
+	virtual void dropEvent(TQDropEvent*);
 	
 private:
 	/** Links a file name with an editor page that has this file open. */
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ private:
 	EditorPage* m_pCurPage;
 	
 	/** A popup menu with Cscope operations for the editor windows. */
-	QPopupMenu* m_pWindowMenu;
+	TQPopupMenu* m_pWindowMenu;
 	
 	/** The number of items added to the window menu (used for removing old
 		items). */
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ private:
 	int m_nNewFiles;
 	
 	int getModifiedFilesCount();
-	bool removePage(QWidget*, bool);
+	bool removePage(TQWidget*, bool);
 		
 private slots:
-	void slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*);
-	void slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const QString&);
+	void slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*);
+	void slotAttachFile(EditorPage*, const TQString&);
 	void slotNewFile(EditorPage*);
 	void slotFileModified(EditorPage*, bool);
-	void slotInitiateDrag(QWidget*);
+	void slotInitiateDrag(TQWidget*);
 	void slotFillWindowMenu();
 	void slotSetCurrentPage(int);
 };
diff --git a/src/encoder.cpp b/src/encoder.cpp
index 5d04744..a400a47 100644
--- a/src/encoder.cpp
+++ b/src/encoder.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include "qstring.h"
+#include "ntqstring.h"
 #include "encoder.h"
 
 #define CHAR_TO_HEX(c)		((c) < 0xA ? '0' + (c) : ('A' - 0xA) + (c))
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Encoder::~Encoder() {
  * @param	str	The string to encode
  * @return	The hex-encoded ASCII string
  */
-const char* Encoder::encode(const QString& str)
+const char* Encoder::encode(const TQString& str)
 {
 	const char* szStr;
 	int nLen, i, j;
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ const char* Encoder::encode(const QString& str)
  * @param	str	The string to decode
  * @return	The decoded string.
  */
-const char* Encoder::decode(const QString& str)
+const char* Encoder::decode(const TQString& str)
 {
 	const char* szStr;
 	int nLen, i, j;
diff --git a/src/encoder.h b/src/encoder.h
index 2e35cde..2244b76 100644
--- a/src/encoder.h
+++ b/src/encoder.h
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ class Encoder
 public:
 	Encoder();
 	~Encoder();
-	const char* encode(const QString&);
-	const char* decode(const QString&);
+	const char* encode(const TQString&);
+	const char* decode(const TQString&);
 	
 private:
 	/** A buffer to contain the result of encoding/decoding. */
diff --git a/src/filelist.cpp b/src/filelist.cpp
index 59492ce..e9fdb9a 100644
--- a/src/filelist.cpp
+++ b/src/filelist.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "filelist.h"
 #include "kscope.h"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-FileList::FileList(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+FileList::FileList(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	SearchList(1, pParent, szName),
 	m_sRoot("/")
 {
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ FileList::~FileList()
  * path, and is added to the list.
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of a source file
  */
-void FileList::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
+void FileList::addItem(const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
-	QString sFileType, sFileName, sPath;
+	TQString sFileType, sFileName, sPath;
 	int nTypePos;
 
     // Extract the file name
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void FileList::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
 		sPath.replace(m_sRoot, "$");
 	
 	// Create the list item
-	new QListViewItem(m_pList, sFileType, sFileName, sPath);
+	new TQListViewItem(m_pList, sFileType, sFileName, sPath);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ void FileList::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the file to find
  * @return	true if the file was found in the list, false otherwise
  */
-bool FileList::findFile(const QString& sPath)
+bool FileList::findFile(const TQString& sPath)
 {
-	QString sFindPath(sPath);
+	TQString sFindPath(sPath);
 	
 	if (m_sRoot != "/")
 		sFindPath.replace(m_sRoot, "$");
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ void FileList::clear()
  * Opens a file for editing when its entry is clicked in the file list.
  * @param	pItem	The clicked list item
  */
-void FileList::processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void FileList::processItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 
 	// Get the file path (replace the root symbol, if required)
 	sPath = pItem->text(2);
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ void FileList::applyPrefs()
  * is replaced with a $ sign.
  * @param	sRoot	The new root path
  */
-void FileList::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
+void FileList::setRoot(const TQString& sRoot)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
-	QString sPath;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQString sPath;
 	
 	// Update all items in the list
 	for (pItem = m_pList->firstChild(); pItem != NULL; 
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ void FileList::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
  * @param	sTip	The constructed tip string (on return)
  * @return	Always true
  */
-bool FileList::getTip(QListViewItem* pItem, QString& sTip)
+bool FileList::getTip(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQString& sTip)
 {
 	sTip = pItem->text(2);
 	return true;
diff --git a/src/filelist.h b/src/filelist.h
index 8585dc6..59bad1d 100644
--- a/src/filelist.h
+++ b/src/filelist.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef FILELIST_H
 #define FILELIST_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include "searchlist.h"
 #include "projectmanager.h"
 
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ class FileList : public SearchList, public FileListTarget
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	FileList(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	FileList(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~FileList();
 	
-	virtual void addItem(const QString&);
-	bool findFile(const QString&);
+	virtual void addItem(const TQString&);
+	bool findFile(const TQString&);
 	void clear();
 	void applyPrefs();
-	void setRoot(const QString&);
-	virtual bool getTip(QListViewItem*, QString&);
+	void setRoot(const TQString&);
+	virtual bool getTip(TQListViewItem*, TQString&);
 	
 signals:
 	/**
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the selected file
 	 * @param	nLine	Line number, always set to 0
 	 */
-	void fileRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+	void fileRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
 
 protected:
-	virtual void processItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void processItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 	
 private:
 	/** A common root path for all items in the list. */
-	QString m_sRoot;
+	TQString m_sRoot;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/fileview.cpp b/src/fileview.cpp
index 029c20a..d611e59 100644
--- a/src/fileview.cpp
+++ b/src/fileview.cpp
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqtabwidget.h>
 #include <kfiledialog.h>
 #include "fileview.h"
 #include "filelist.h"
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  * @param	fl		Widget creation flags
  */
-FileView::FileView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName, WFlags fl) :
+FileView::FileView(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName, WFlags fl) :
 	FileViewLayout(pParent, szName, fl),
 	m_pCurBranch(0),
 	m_sRoot("")
 {
-	QWidget* pPage;
+	TQWidget* pPage;
 	
 	// Set the tab widget icons
 	pPage = m_pTabWidget->page(0);
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ FileView::FileView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName, WFlags fl) :
 	
 	// Send the fileRequested() signal whenever a file is selected in either
 	// the list or the tree
-	connect(m_pFileList, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)));
-	connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), 
-		this, SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
-	connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListViewItem*)), this, 
-		SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pFileList, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), 
+		this, SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pFileTree, SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), this, 
+		SLOT(slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ FileView::~FileView()
  * Sets a new common root path to both the file list and the tree.
  * @param	sRoot	The full path of the new root
  */
-void FileView::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
+void FileView::setRoot(const TQString& sRoot)
 {
 	// Nothing to do if the given root is the same as the old one
 	if (sRoot == m_sRoot)
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void FileView::setRoot(const QString& sRoot)
 		return;
 	
 	// Create and open a new branch, with the newly specified root
-	QFileInfo fi(sRoot);
+	TQFileInfo fi(sRoot);
 	m_pCurBranch = m_pFileTree->addBranch(KURL(sRoot), fi.fileName());
 	m_pCurBranch->setChildRecurse(false);
 	m_pFileTree->setOpen(m_pCurBranch->root(), true);
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ void FileView::clear()
  * of the KFileTreeView object.
  * @param	pItem	The selected tree item
  */
-void FileView::slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void FileView::slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	KFileTreeViewItem* pTreeItem;
 	 
diff --git a/src/fileview.h b/src/fileview.h
index 5fc1fe3..ca78783 100644
--- a/src/fileview.h
+++ b/src/fileview.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class FileView : public FileViewLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	FileView(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0, WFlags fl = 0);
+	FileView(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0, WFlags fl = 0);
 	~FileView();
 
 	/**
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public:
 	 */
 	FileList* getFileList() { return m_pFileList; }
 	
-	void setRoot(const QString&);
+	void setRoot(const TQString&);
 	void clear();
 	
 signals:
@@ -63,17 +63,17 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the selected file
 	 * @param	nLine	Line number, always set to 0
 	 */
-	void fileRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+	void fileRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
 
 private:
 	/** The current branch in the file tree. */
 	KFileTreeBranch* m_pCurBranch;
 
 	/** The current root of the file tree. */
-	QString m_sRoot;
+	TQString m_sRoot;
 	
 private slots:
-	void slotTreeItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	void slotTreeItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/fileviewlayout.ui b/src/fileviewlayout.ui
index 24bb1f5..7e49bd1 100644
--- a/src/fileviewlayout.ui
+++ b/src/fileviewlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>FileViewLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>FileViewLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
         <property name="spacing">
             <number>0</number>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QTabWidget">
+        <widget class="TQTabWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pTabWidget</cstring>
             </property>
             <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
                 <string></string>
             </property>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>tab</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
                     </widget>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>tab</cstring>
                 </property>
diff --git a/src/frontend.cpp b/src/frontend.cpp
index fee1c1b..cd01b3b 100644
--- a/src/frontend.cpp
+++ b/src/frontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfileinfo.h>
-#include <qdir.h>
+#include <ntqfileinfo.h>
+#include <ntqdir.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "frontend.h"
 
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ Frontend::~Frontend()
  * @param	bBlock		(Optional) true to block, false otherwise
  * @return	true if the process was executed successfully, false otherwise
  */
-bool Frontend::run(const QString& sName, const QStringList& slArgs, 
-	const QString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
+bool Frontend::run(const TQString& sName, const TQStringList& slArgs, 
+	const TQString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
 {
 	// Cannot start if another controlled process is currently running
 	if (isRunning()) {
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void Frontend::removeRecord()
  * @return	true if a token was extracted up to the given delimter(s), false
  *			if the buffer ended before a delimiter could be identified
  */
-bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, QString& sResult,
+bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, TQString& sResult,
 	ParserDelim& delim)
 {
 	int nSize;
@@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, QString& sResult,
 		*pBufSize = nSize;
 	}
 	else if (m_bInToken) {
-		sResult = QString::fromLatin1(*ppBuf, *pBufSize);
+		sResult = TQString::fromLatin1(*ppBuf, *pBufSize);
 	}
 	else {
-		sResult = QString::null;
+		sResult = TQString::null;
 	}
 
 	return bFoundToken;
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ bool Frontend::tokenize(char** ppBuf, int* pBufSize, QString& sResult,
  * By default, this method emits the error() signal with the given text.
  * @param	sText	The text sent to the standard error stream
  */
-void Frontend::parseStderr(const QString& sText)
+void Frontend::parseStderr(const TQString& sText)
 {
 	emit error(sText);
 }
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void Frontend::slotProcessExit(KProcess*)
 void Frontend::slotReadStdout(KProcess*, char* pBuffer, int nSize)
 {
 	char* pLocalBuf;
-	QString sToken;
+	TQString sToken;
 	bool bTokenEnded;
 	ParserDelim delim;
 	
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ void Frontend::slotReadStdout(KProcess*, char* pBuffer, int nSize)
  */
 void Frontend::slotReadStderr(KProcess*, char* pBuffer, int nSize)
 {
-	QString sBuf;
+	TQString sBuf;
 	
 	// Do nothing if waiting for process to die
 	if (m_bKilled)
diff --git a/src/frontend.h b/src/frontend.h
index 246128a..801f49c 100644
--- a/src/frontend.h
+++ b/src/frontend.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef FRONTEND_H
 #define FRONTEND_H
 
-#include <qobject.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
 #include <kprocess.h>
 
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	The text associated with this token
 	 */
-	const QString& getData() const { return m_sData; }
+	const TQString& getData() const { return m_sData; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	A pointer to the next token in the strem.
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public:
 
 protected:
 	/** Free text associated with the token. */
-	QString m_sData;
+	TQString m_sData;
 	
 	/** A pointer to the next token in the stream. */
 	FrontendToken* m_pNext;
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ public:
 	Frontend(uint, bool bAutoDelete = false);
 	~Frontend();
 
-	virtual bool run(const QString&, const QStringList&, 
-		const QString& sWorkDir = "", bool bBlock = false);
+	virtual bool run(const TQString&, const TQStringList&, 
+		const TQString& sWorkDir = "", bool bBlock = false);
 	void kill();
 		
 	/**
 	 * @return	An string describing the error which made run() fail
 	 */
-	const QString& getRunError() { return m_sError; }
+	const TQString& getRunError() { return m_sError; }
 	
 signals:
 	/**
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ signals:
 	/**
 	 * Emitted when an error message is produced by the back-end process.
 	 */
-	void error(const QString& sMsg);
+	void error(const TQString& sMsg);
 	
 protected:
 	/** A set of possible delimiters for parsing process output. */
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ protected:
 	ParserDelim m_delim;
 	
 	/** An error string produced if run() fails. */
-	QString m_sError;
+	TQString m_sError;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Handles a text token received on the Standard Output stream of the
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ protected:
 	 * @result	A ParseResult value, indicating what should be done with the
 	 *			new token
 	 */
-	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString& sToken, ParserDelim delim) = 0;
+	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString& sToken, ParserDelim delim) = 0;
 
-	virtual void parseStderr(const QString&);
+	virtual void parseStderr(const TQString&);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Called when the process exits.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ private:
 	void addToken(FrontendToken*);
 	void removeToken();
 	void removeRecord();
-	bool tokenize(char**, int*, QString&, ParserDelim&);
+	bool tokenize(char**, int*, TQString&, ParserDelim&);
 		
 private slots:
 	void slotReadStdout(KProcess*, char*, int);
diff --git a/src/graphedge.cpp b/src/graphedge.cpp
index 283a5fe..33ac306 100644
--- a/src/graphedge.cpp
+++ b/src/graphedge.cpp
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
 #include "graphedge.h"
 #include "graphnode.h"
 
@@ -46,24 +46,24 @@ typedef int (*CompFunc)(const void*, const void*);
 
 
 /**
- * An array of QPoint objects that can compute the convex hull surrounding all
+ * An array of TQPoint objects that can compute the convex hull surrounding all
  * points in the array.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class ConvexHull : public QPointArray
+class ConvexHull : public TQPointArray
 {
 public:
 	/**
 	 * Class constructor.
 	 */
-	ConvexHull() : QPointArray() {}
+	ConvexHull() : TQPointArray() {}
 	
 	/**
 	 * Computes the convex hull of the points stored in the array, using
 	 * Graham's scan.
 	 * @param	arrHull	Holds the coordinates of the convex hull, upon return
 	 */
-	void compute(QPointArray& arrHull) {
+	void compute(TQPointArray& arrHull) {
 		uint i, nPivot, nTop;
 		
 		// Find the pivot point
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
 		s_ptPivot = (*this)[nPivot];
 		(*this)[nPivot] = (*this)[0];
 		(*this)[0] = s_ptPivot;
-		qsort(&(*this).data()[1], (*this).size() - 1, sizeof(QPoint), 
+		qsort(&(*this).data()[1], (*this).size() - 1, sizeof(TQPoint), 
 			(CompFunc)compRadial);
 		
 		// Initialise Graham's scan algorithm
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
 	
 private:
 	/** The current pivot point, required by compRadial. */
-	static QPoint s_ptPivot;
+	static TQPoint s_ptPivot;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Compares two points based on their angle relative to the current
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ private:
 	 * @param	pPt2	A pointer to the second point
 	 * @return	>0 if the first point is to the left of the second, <0 otherwise
 	 */
-	static int compRadial(const QPoint* pPt1, const QPoint* pPt2) {
+	static int compRadial(const TQPoint* pPt1, const TQPoint* pPt2) {
 		int nResult;
 		
 		// Determine which point is to the left of the other. If the angle is
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ private:
 	}
 };
 
-QPoint ConvexHull::s_ptPivot;
+TQPoint ConvexHull::s_ptPivot;
 
 /**
  * Class constructor.
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ QPoint ConvexHull::s_ptPivot;
  * @param	pHead	The edge's starting point
  * @param	pTail	The edge's end point
  */
-GraphEdge::GraphEdge(QCanvas* pCanvas, GraphNode* pHead, GraphNode* pTail) :
-	QCanvasPolygonalItem(pCanvas),
+GraphEdge::GraphEdge(TQCanvas* pCanvas, GraphNode* pHead, GraphNode* pTail) :
+	TQCanvasPolygonalItem(pCanvas),
 	m_pHead(pHead),
 	m_pTail(pTail),
 	m_arrPoly(4)
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ GraphEdge::GraphEdge(QCanvas* pCanvas, GraphNode* pHead, GraphNode* pTail) :
  */
 GraphEdge::~GraphEdge()
 {
-	// Classes derived from QCanvasPolygonalItem must call hide() in their
-	// detructor (according to the Qt documentation)
+	// Classes derived from TQCanvasPolygonalItem must call hide() in their
+	// detructor (according to the TQt documentation)
 	hide();
 }
 
@@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ GraphEdge::~GraphEdge()
  * Calculates the area surrounding the edge, and the bounding rectangle of
  * the edge's polygonal head.
  * The calculated area is used to find items on the canvas and to display
- * tips. The bounding rectangle defines the tip's region (@see QToolTip).
+ * tips. The bounding rectangle defines the tip's region (@see TQToolTip).
  * TODO: The function assumes that the we can simply append the polygon's
  * array to that of the splines. Is this always the case, or should we sort 
  * the points of the polygon in radial order?
  * @param	arrCurve	The control points of the edge's spline
  * @param	ai			Used to calculate the arrow head polygon
  */
-void GraphEdge::setPoints(const QPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
+void GraphEdge::setPoints(const TQPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
 {
 	ConvexHull ch;
 	uint i;
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void GraphEdge::setPoints(const QPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
 	ch.compute(m_arrArea);
 	
 	// Calculate the head's bounding rectangle
-	m_rcTip = QRect(m_arrPoly[0], m_arrPoly[0]);
+	m_rcTip = TQRect(m_arrPoly[0], m_arrPoly[0]);
 	for (i = 1; i < m_arrPoly.size(); i++) {
 		nXpos = m_arrPoly[i].x();
 		if (nXpos < m_rcTip.left())
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ void GraphEdge::setPoints(const QPointArray& arrCurve, const ArrowInfo& ai)
  * @param	sLine	The call's line number
  * @param	sText	The call's text
  */
-void GraphEdge::setCallInfo(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
-	const QString& sText)
+void GraphEdge::setCallInfo(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sLine,
+	const TQString& sText)
 {
 	m_sFile = sFile;
 	m_sLine = sLine;
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ void GraphEdge::setCallInfo(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
  * Constructs a tool-tip string for this edge.
  * @return	The tool-tip text
  */
-QString GraphEdge::getTip() const
+TQString GraphEdge::getTip() const
 {
-	QString sTip;
+	TQString sTip;
 	
 	sTip = m_sText + "<br><i>" + m_sFile + "</i>:" + m_sLine;
 	return sTip;
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ QString GraphEdge::getTip() const
  * Draws the spline as a sequence of cubic Bezier curves.
  * @param	painter	Used for drawing the item on the canvas view
  */
-void GraphEdge::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
+void GraphEdge::drawShape(TQPainter& painter)
 {
 	uint i;
 	
@@ -254,10 +254,10 @@ void GraphEdge::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
 		
 #if 0
 	// Draws the convex hull of the edge
-	QPen pen = painter.pen();
-	QBrush br = painter.brush();
-	painter.setPen(QPen(QColor(255, 0, 0)));
-	painter.setBrush(QBrush());
+	TQPen pen = painter.pen();
+	TQBrush br = painter.brush();
+	painter.setPen(TQPen(TQColor(255, 0, 0)));
+	painter.setBrush(TQBrush());
 	painter.drawPolygon(m_arrArea);
 	painter.setPen(pen);
 	painter.setBrush(br);
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ void GraphEdge::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
  */
 void GraphEdge::makeArrowhead(const ArrowInfo& ai)
 {
-	QPoint ptLast, ptPrev;
+	TQPoint ptLast, ptPrev;
 	double dX1, dY1, dX0, dY0, dX, dY, dDeltaX, dDeltaY, dNormLen;
 	
 	// The arrowhead follows the line from the second last to the last points
diff --git a/src/graphedge.h b/src/graphedge.h
index ce399b3..7b5fc4e 100644
--- a/src/graphedge.h
+++ b/src/graphedge.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef GRAPHEDGE_H
 #define GRAPHEDGE_H
 
-#include <qcanvas.h>
+#include <ntqcanvas.h>
 
 class GraphNode;
 
@@ -53,20 +53,20 @@ struct ArrowInfo
  * is its head.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class GraphEdge : public QCanvasPolygonalItem
+class GraphEdge : public TQCanvasPolygonalItem
 {
 public:
-    GraphEdge(QCanvas*, GraphNode*, GraphNode*);
+    GraphEdge(TQCanvas*, GraphNode*, GraphNode*);
     ~GraphEdge();
 	
-	void setCallInfo(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&);
-	void setPoints(const QPointArray&, const ArrowInfo&);
-	QString getTip() const;
+	void setCallInfo(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&);
+	void setPoints(const TQPointArray&, const ArrowInfo&);
+	TQString getTip() const;
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	The coordinates of the convex hull surrounding the edge
 	 */
-	virtual QPointArray areaPoints() const { return m_arrArea; }
+	virtual TQPointArray areaPoints() const { return m_arrArea; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	The head node of the edge
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	 The bounding rectangle of the edge's head
 	 */
-	QRect tipRect() const { return m_rcTip; }
+	TQRect tipRect() const { return m_rcTip; }
 		
 	/**
 	 * @return	The file path for this call
 	 */
-	const QString& getFile() const { return m_sFile; }
+	const TQString& getFile() const { return m_sFile; }
 		
 	/**
 	 * @return	The line number for this call
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	The call's text
 	 */
-	const QString& getText() const { return m_sText; }
+	const TQString& getText() const { return m_sText; }
 	
-	/** Identifies this class among other QCanvasItem classes. */
+	/** Identifies this class among other TQCanvasItem classes. */
 	static int RTTI;
 
 	/** 
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ public:
 	virtual int rtti() const { return RTTI; }
 	
 protected:
-	virtual void drawShape(QPainter&);
+	virtual void drawShape(TQPainter&);
 	
 private:
 	/** The edge's starting point. */
@@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ private:
 	GraphNode* m_pTail;
 	
 	/** The points of the polygon part of the edge. */
-	QPointArray m_arrPoly;
+	TQPointArray m_arrPoly;
 	
 	/** Control points for the spline part of the edge. */
-	QPointArray m_arrCurve;
+	TQPointArray m_arrCurve;
 	
-	QPointArray m_arrArea;
+	TQPointArray m_arrArea;
 	
 	/** The bounding rectangle of the edge's head, used for displaying the
 		edge's tool-tip. */
-	QRect m_rcTip;
+	TQRect m_rcTip;
 	
 	/** The call's source file. */
-	QString m_sFile;
+	TQString m_sFile;
 	
 	/** The call's line number. */
-	QString m_sLine;
+	TQString m_sLine;
 	
 	/** The call's text. */
-	QString m_sText;
+	TQString m_sText;
 	
 	void makeArrowhead(const ArrowInfo&);
 };
diff --git a/src/graphnode.cpp b/src/graphnode.cpp
index 28a219d..9f8fe9d 100644
--- a/src/graphnode.cpp
+++ b/src/graphnode.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qpainter.h>
-#include <qfontmetrics.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
+#include <ntqfontmetrics.h>
 #include "graphnode.h"
 
 int GraphNode::RTTI = 1001;
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ int GraphNode::RTTI = 1001;
  * @param	sFunc		The node's function
  * @param	bMultiCall	Whether this node represents multiple calls
  */
-GraphNode::GraphNode(QCanvas* pCanvas, const QString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall) : 
-	QCanvasPolygon(pCanvas),
+GraphNode::GraphNode(TQCanvas* pCanvas, const TQString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall) : 
+	TQCanvasPolygon(pCanvas),
 	m_sFunc(sFunc),
 	m_bMultiCall(bMultiCall),
 	m_bDfsFlag(false)
@@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ void GraphNode::dfs()
 	m_bDfsFlag = true;
 		
 	// Continue along outgoing edges
-	QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
+	TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
 	for (; itrOut.current(); ++itrOut)
 		(*itrOut)->getTail()->dfs();
 		
 	// Continue along incoming edges
-	QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
+	TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
 	for (; itrIn.current(); ++itrIn)
 		(*itrIn)->getHead()->dfs();
 }
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void GraphNode::removeOutEdges()
  */
 void GraphNode::removeInEdges()
 {
-	QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itr(m_dictInEdges);
+	TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itr(m_dictInEdges);
 	
 	// Delete edges through their head nodes
 	for (; itr.current(); ++itr)
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ void GraphNode::removeInEdges()
  */
 void GraphNode::getFirstNeighbour(GraphNode*& pNode, bool& bCalled)
 {
-	QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
-	QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
+	TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrIn(m_dictInEdges);
+	TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrOut(m_dictOutEdges);
 	
 	if (itrIn.current()) {
 		pNode = itrIn.current()->getHead();
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ void GraphNode::getFirstNeighbour(GraphNode*& pNode, bool& bCalled)
  * Modifies the bounding rectangle of the node.
  * @param	rect	The new coordinates to set
  */
-void GraphNode::setRect(const QRect& rect)
+void GraphNode::setRect(const TQRect& rect)
 {
-	QPointArray arr(4);
+	TQPointArray arr(4);
 	
 	m_rect = rect;
 	
@@ -171,22 +171,22 @@ void GraphNode::setRect(const QRect& rect)
  * Draws the node.
  * @param	painter	Used for drawing the item on the canvas view
  */
-void GraphNode::drawShape(QPainter& painter)
+void GraphNode::drawShape(TQPainter& painter)
 {
-	const QPen& pen = painter.pen();
-	const QFont& font = painter.font();
+	const TQPen& pen = painter.pen();
+	const TQFont& font = painter.font();
 	
 	// Draw the rectangle
-	painter.setPen(QPen(Qt::black));
+	painter.setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
 	painter.drawRect(m_rect);
 	
 	// Draw the text
 	painter.setPen(pen);
 	painter.setFont(m_font);
 	if (m_bMultiCall)
-		painter.drawText(m_rect, Qt::AlignCenter, "...");
+		painter.drawText(m_rect, TQt::AlignCenter, "...");
 	else
-		painter.drawText(m_rect, Qt::AlignCenter, m_sFunc);
+		painter.drawText(m_rect, TQt::AlignCenter, m_sFunc);
 	
 	painter.setFont(font);
 }
diff --git a/src/graphnode.h b/src/graphnode.h
index 9f48639..a54b4ea 100644
--- a/src/graphnode.h
+++ b/src/graphnode.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef GRAPHNODE_H
 #define GRAPHNODE_H
 
-#include <qcanvas.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <ntqcanvas.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
 #include "graphedge.h"
 
 /**
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
  * This item represents a function in the call graph.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class GraphNode : public QCanvasPolygon
+class GraphNode : public TQCanvasPolygon
 {
 public:
-	GraphNode(QCanvas* pCanvas, const QString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
+	GraphNode(TQCanvas* pCanvas, const TQString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
 	~GraphNode();
 
 	GraphEdge* addOutEdge(GraphNode*);
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @param	rect	The bounding rectangle of the node
 	 */
-	void setRect(const QRect& rect);
+	void setRect(const TQRect& rect);
 	
 	/**
 	 * @param	font	The font to use for drawing the text
 	 */
-	void setFont(const QFont& font) { m_font = font; }
+	void setFont(const TQFont& font) { m_font = font; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	The name of the function
 	 */
-	const QString& getFunc() const { return m_sFunc; }
+	const TQString& getFunc() const { return m_sFunc; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	true for a multiple-call node, false otherwise
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	The set of outgoing edges
 	 */
-	QDict<GraphEdge>& getOutEdges() { return m_dictOutEdges; }
+	TQDict<GraphEdge>& getOutEdges() { return m_dictOutEdges; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	true if this node was already visited during the current DFS,
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
 	 */
 	void dfsReset() { m_bDfsFlag = false; }
 	
-	/** Identifies this class among other QCanvasItem classes. */
+	/** Identifies this class among other TQCanvasItem classes. */
 	static int RTTI;
 
 	/**
@@ -94,23 +94,23 @@ public:
 	virtual int rtti() const { return RTTI; }
 	
 protected:
-	virtual void drawShape(QPainter&);
+	virtual void drawShape(TQPainter&);
 	
 private:
 	/** Function name. */
-	QString m_sFunc;
+	TQString m_sFunc;
 
 	/** A list of outgoing edges indexed by destination. */
-	QDict<GraphEdge> m_dictOutEdges;
+	TQDict<GraphEdge> m_dictOutEdges;
 
 	/** A list of incoming edges indexed by destination. */
-	QDict<GraphEdge> m_dictInEdges;
+	TQDict<GraphEdge> m_dictInEdges;
 
 	/** The bounding rectangle for the node. */
-	QRect m_rect;
+	TQRect m_rect;
 
 	/** The font to use for drawing the text. */
-	QFont m_font;
+	TQFont m_font;
 	
 	/** true for a multiple-call node, false otherwise. */
 	bool m_bMultiCall;
diff --git a/src/graphprefdlg.cpp b/src/graphprefdlg.cpp
index c8d381c..11b7914 100644
--- a/src/graphprefdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/graphprefdlg.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qspinbox.h>
+#include <ntqspinbox.h>
 #include "graphprefdlg.h"
 #include "preferencesdlg.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-GraphPrefDlg::GraphPrefDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+GraphPrefDlg::GraphPrefDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	GraphPrefLayout(pParent, szName, true, 0)
 {
 	m_pMaxDegSpin->setValue(Config().getGraphMaxNodeDegree());
diff --git a/src/graphprefdlg.h b/src/graphprefdlg.h
index 7a4a3c0..7afa2bf 100644
--- a/src/graphprefdlg.h
+++ b/src/graphprefdlg.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class GraphPrefDlg : public GraphPrefLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	GraphPrefDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	GraphPrefDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~GraphPrefDlg();
 
 	int getMaxNodeDegree();
diff --git a/src/graphpreflayout.ui b/src/graphpreflayout.ui
index a94a206..75304d2 100644
--- a/src/graphpreflayout.ui
+++ b/src/graphpreflayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>GraphPrefLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>GraphPrefLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout6</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QSpinBox">
+                <widget class="TQSpinBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pMaxDegSpin</cstring>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout7</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pColorButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout8</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pFontButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
                 <enum>Horizontal</enum>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>Layout1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>buttonOk</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
                         <bool>true</bool>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>buttonCancel</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/graphwidget.cpp b/src/graphwidget.cpp
index 00ca733..2481f59 100644
--- a/src/graphwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/graphwidget.cpp
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
 
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#include <qfile.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include "graphwidget.h"
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ const char TMP_TMPL[] = "/tmp/kscope_dot.XXXXXX";
  * items are neither rectangular nor is their position known in advance.
  * @author	Elad Lahav
  */
-class GraphTip : public QToolTip
+class GraphTip : public TQToolTip
 {
 public:
 	/**
 	 * Class constructor.
 	 * @param	pWidget	Owner graph widget
 	 */
-	GraphTip(GraphWidget* pWidget) : QToolTip(pWidget->viewport()),
+	GraphTip(GraphWidget* pWidget) : TQToolTip(pWidget->viewport()),
 		m_pGraphWidget(pWidget) {}
 	
 	/**
@@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ protected:
 	 * the tool tip.
 	 * @param	ptPos	Current mouse position
 	 */
-	virtual void maybeTip(const QPoint& ptPos) {
-		QString sText;
-		QRect rc;
+	virtual void maybeTip(const TQPoint& ptPos) {
+		TQString sText;
+		TQRect rc;
 		
 		// Display a tip, if required by the owner
 		sText = m_pGraphWidget->getTip(ptPos, rc);
-		if (sText != QString::null)
+		if (sText != TQString::null)
 			tip(rc, sText);
 	}
 	
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ private:
 
 /**
  * Provides a menu separator with text.
- * The separator is added with QMenuData::insertItem(QWidget*).
+ * The separator is added with TQMenuData::insertItem(TQWidget*).
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class MenuLabel : public QLabel
+class MenuLabel : public TQLabel
 {
 public:
 	/**
@@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ public:
 	 * @param	sText	The text to display
 	 * @param	pParent	The parent widget
 	 */
-	MenuLabel(const QString& sText, QWidget* pParent) :
-		QLabel(sText, pParent) {
+	MenuLabel(const TQString& sText, TQWidget* pParent) :
+		TQLabel(sText, pParent) {
 		// Set the appropriate visual properties
 		setFrameShape(MenuBarPanel);
 		setAlignment(AlignHCenter | AlignVCenter);
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ ArrowInfo GraphWidget::s_ai;
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
-	QCanvasView(pParent, szName),
+GraphWidget::GraphWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+	TQCanvasView(pParent, szName),
 	m_progress(this),
 	m_dot(this),
 	m_dZoom(1.0),
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_dictNodes.setAutoDelete(true);
 	
 	// Create a canvas
-	setCanvas(new QCanvas(this));
+	setCanvas(new TQCanvas(this));
 	canvas()->setBackgroundColor(Config().getColor(KScopeConfig::GraphBack));
 
 	// Create a persistent Cscope process
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	connect(&m_dot, SIGNAL(finished(uint)), this, SLOT(slotDotFinished()));	
 	
 	// Create the node popup menu
-	m_pNodePopup = new QPopupMenu(this);
+	m_pNodePopup = new TQPopupMenu(this);
 	
 	m_pNodePopup->insertItem(new MenuLabel(i18n("<b>Called Functions</b>"),
 		m_pNodePopup));
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_pNodePopup->insertItem(i18n("Remove"), this, SLOT(slotRemoveNode()));
 		
 	// Create the multi-call node popup menu
-	m_pMultiCallPopup = new QPopupMenu(this);
+	m_pMultiCallPopup = new TQPopupMenu(this);
 	m_pMultiCallPopup->insertItem(i18n("List..."), this,
 		SLOT(slotMultiCallDetails()));
 	m_pMultiCallPopup->insertSeparator();
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ GraphWidget::GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 		SLOT(slotRemoveNode()));
 	
 	// Create the edge menu
-	m_pEdgePopup = new QPopupMenu(this);
+	m_pEdgePopup = new TQPopupMenu(this);
 	m_pEdgePopup->insertItem(i18n("Open Call"), this, SLOT(slotOpenCall()));
 		
 	(void)new GraphTip(this);
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ GraphWidget::~GraphWidget()
  * strongly connected to the root).
  * @param	sFunc	The function name for the root node
  */
-void GraphWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
+void GraphWidget::setRoot(const TQString& sFunc)
 {
 	// Insert a new node to the graph
 	addNode(sFunc);
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void GraphWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
  * @param	sFunc	The name of a function
  * @return	The node corresponding to the given name
  */
-GraphNode* GraphWidget::addNode(const QString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall)
+GraphNode* GraphWidget::addNode(const TQString& sFunc, bool bMultiCall)
 {
 	GraphNode* pNode;
 	
@@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ void GraphWidget::addCall(const CallData& data)
  * @param	bCalled	true if the multiple calls are called from that function,
  *					false if they are calling the function
  */
-void GraphWidget::addMultiCall(const QString& sFunc, bool bCalled)
+void GraphWidget::addMultiCall(const TQString& sFunc, bool bCalled)
 {
-	QString sMulti;
+	TQString sMulti;
 	GraphNode* pCaller, * pCallee;
 	GraphEdge* pEdge;
 	
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void GraphWidget::addMultiCall(const QString& sFunc, bool bCalled)
  */
 void GraphWidget::draw()
 {
-	QWMatrix mtx;
+	TQWMatrix mtx;
 	char szTempFile[TMP_TMPL_SIZE];
 	int nFd;
 	FILE* pFile;
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void GraphWidget::draw()
 	
 	// Write the graph contents to the temporary file
 	{
-		QTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
+		TQTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
 		write(str, "graph", "--", false);
 	}
 	
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ void GraphWidget::draw()
 void GraphWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
 {
 	// Write the graph using the dot language
-	QTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
+	TQTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
 	write(str, "digraph", "->", true);
 }
 
@@ -367,15 +367,15 @@ void GraphWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
  * Exports a graph to a dot file.
  * @param	sFile	The full path of the file to export to
  */
-void GraphWidget::save(const QString& sFile)
+void GraphWidget::save(const TQString& sFile)
 {
-	QFile file(sFile);
+	TQFile file(sFile);
 	
 	// Open/create the file
 	if (!file.open(IO_WriteOnly))
 		return;
 		
-	QTextStream str(&file);
+	TQTextStream str(&file);
 	write(str, "digraph", "->", false);
 }
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ void GraphWidget::save(const QString& sFile)
  */
 void GraphWidget::zoom(bool bIn)
 {
-	QWMatrix mtx;
+	TQWMatrix mtx;
 	
 	// Set the new zoom factor
 	if (bIn)
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ void GraphWidget::setZoom(double dZoom)
  */
 void GraphWidget::rotate()
 {
-	QString sDir;
+	TQString sDir;
 	int i;
 	
 	// Get the current direction
@@ -437,15 +437,15 @@ void GraphWidget::rotate()
  * NOTE: We currently return a tool tip for edges only
  * @param	ptPos	The position to query
  * @param	rc		Holds the tip's rectangle, upon return
- * @return	The tip's text, or QString::null if no tip is required
+ * @return	The tip's text, or TQString::null if no tip is required
  */
-QString GraphWidget::getTip(const QPoint& ptPos, QRect& rc)
+TQString GraphWidget::getTip(const TQPoint& ptPos, TQRect& rc)
 {
-	QPoint ptRealPos, ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight;
-	QCanvasItemList il;
-	QCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
+	TQPoint ptRealPos, ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight;
+	TQCanvasItemList il;
+	TQCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
 	GraphEdge* pEdge;
-	QString sText, sFile, sLine;
+	TQString sText, sFile, sLine;
 	
 	ptRealPos = viewportToContents(ptPos);
 	ptRealPos /= m_dZoom;
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ QString GraphWidget::getTip(const QPoint& ptPos, QRect& rc)
 	
 	// No tip if no edge was found
 	if (pEdge == NULL)
-		return QString::null;
+		return TQString::null;
 	
 	// Set the rectangle for the tip (the tip is closed when the mouse leaves
 	// this area)
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ QString GraphWidget::getTip(const QPoint& ptPos, QRect& rc)
 	ptBottomRight *= m_dZoom;
 	ptTopLeft = contentsToViewport(ptTopLeft);
 	ptBottomRight = contentsToViewport(ptBottomRight);
-	rc = QRect(ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight);
+	rc = TQRect(ptTopLeft, ptBottomRight);
 	
 	// Create a tip for this edge
 	return pEdge->getTip();
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ void GraphWidget::resize(int nWidth, int nHeight)
  * @param	sFunc	The function corresponding to the node to draw
  * @param	rect	The coordinates of the node's rectangle
  */
-void GraphWidget::drawNode(const QString& sFunc, const QRect& rect)
+void GraphWidget::drawNode(const TQString& sFunc, const TQRect& rect)
 {
 	GraphNode* pNode;
 	
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ void GraphWidget::drawNode(const QString& sFunc, const QRect& rect)
 	// Set the visual aspects of the node
 	pNode->setRect(rect);
 	pNode->setZ(2.0);
-	pNode->setPen(QPen(Qt::black));
+	pNode->setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
 	pNode->setFont(Config().getFont(KScopeConfig::Graph));
 	
 	if (pNode->isMultiCall())
@@ -523,8 +523,8 @@ void GraphWidget::drawNode(const QString& sFunc, const QRect& rect)
  * @param	sCallee		Identifies the edge's tail node
  * @param	arrCurve	Control points for the edge's spline
  */
-void GraphWidget::drawEdge(const QString& sCaller, const QString& sCallee,
-	const QPointArray& arrCurve)
+void GraphWidget::drawEdge(const TQString& sCaller, const TQString& sCallee,
+	const TQPointArray& arrCurve)
 {
 	GraphNode* pCaller, * pCallee;
 	GraphEdge* pEdge;
@@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ void GraphWidget::drawEdge(const QString& sCaller, const QString& sCallee,
 	// Set the visual aspects of the edge
 	pEdge->setPoints(arrCurve, s_ai);
 	pEdge->setZ(1.0);
-	pEdge->setPen(QPen(Qt::black));
-	pEdge->setBrush(QBrush(Qt::black));
+	pEdge->setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
+	pEdge->setBrush(TQBrush(TQt::black));
 	
 	// Draw the edge
 	pEdge->show();
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ void GraphWidget::setArrowInfo(int nLength, int nDegrees)
 
 /**
  * Draws the contents of the canvas on this view.
- * NOTE: This method is overriden to fix a strange bug in Qt that leaves
+ * NOTE: This method is overriden to fix a strange bug in TQt that leaves
  * a border around the canvas part of the view. It should be deleted once
  * this bug is fixed.
  * TODO: Is there a better way of erasing the border?
@@ -577,16 +577,16 @@ void GraphWidget::setArrowInfo(int nLength, int nDegrees)
  * @param	nWidth		The width of the area to draw
  * @param	nHeight		The height of the area to draw
  */
-void GraphWidget::drawContents(QPainter* pPainter, int nX, int nY, 
+void GraphWidget::drawContents(TQPainter* pPainter, int nX, int nY, 
 	int nWidth, int nHeight)
 {
 	// Draw the contents of the canvas
-	QCanvasView::drawContents(pPainter, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight);
+	TQCanvasView::drawContents(pPainter, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight);
 	
 	// Erase the canvas's area border
 	if (canvas() != NULL) {
-		QRect rect = canvas()->rect();
-		pPainter->setBrush(QBrush()); // Null brush
+		TQRect rect = canvas()->rect();
+		pPainter->setBrush(TQBrush()); // Null brush
 		pPainter->setPen(Config().getColor(KScopeConfig::GraphBack));
 		pPainter->drawRect(-1, -1, rect.width() + 2, rect.height() + 2);
 	}
@@ -596,12 +596,12 @@ void GraphWidget::drawContents(QPainter* pPainter, int nX, int nY,
  * Handles mouse clicks over the graph view.
  * @param	pEvent	Includes information on the mouse press event
  */
-void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
+void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent* pEvent)
 {
-	QPoint ptRealPos;
-	QCanvasItemList il;
-	QCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
-	QString sFunc;
+	TQPoint ptRealPos;
+	TQCanvasItemList il;
+	TQCanvasItemList::Iterator itr;
+	TQString sFunc;
 	GraphNode* pNode;
 	GraphEdge* pEdge;
 	
@@ -609,8 +609,8 @@ void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
 	pEdge = NULL;
 	
 	// Handle right-clicks only
-	if (pEvent->button() != Qt::RightButton) {
-		QCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
+	if (pEvent->button() != TQt::RightButton) {
+		TQCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
 		return;
 	}
 	
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
 	}
 	else {
 		// Take the default action
-		QCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
+		TQCanvasView::contentsMousePressEvent(pEvent);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -653,11 +653,11 @@ void GraphWidget::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
  * @param	sEdge		The edge connector ("--" or "->")
  * @param	bWriteCall	true to write call information, false otherwise
  */
-void GraphWidget::write(QTextStream& str, const QString& sType, 
-	const QString& sEdge, bool bWriteCall)
+void GraphWidget::write(TQTextStream& str, const TQString& sType, 
+	const TQString& sEdge, bool bWriteCall)
 {
-	QFont font;
-	QDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
+	TQFont font;
+	TQDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
 	GraphEdge* pEdge;
 	Encoder enc;
 	
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ void GraphWidget::write(QTextStream& str, const QString& sType,
 		<< "fontcolor=\"" << Config().getColor(KScopeConfig::GraphText).name()
 		<< "\", "
 		<< "fontname=\"" << font.family() << "\", "
-		<< "fontsize=" << QString::number(font.pointSize())
+		<< "fontsize=" << TQString::number(font.pointSize())
 		<< "];\n";
 	
 	// Iterate over all nodes
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ void GraphWidget::write(QTextStream& str, const QString& sType,
 		str << "\t" << itr.current()->getFunc() << ";\n";
 		
 		// Iterate over all edges leaving this node		
-		QDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrEdge(itr.current()->getOutEdges());
+		TQDictIterator<GraphEdge> itrEdge(itr.current()->getOutEdges());
 		for (; itrEdge.current(); ++itrEdge) {
 			pEdge = itrEdge.current();
 			str << "\t" << pEdge->getHead()->getFunc() << sEdge
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ void GraphWidget::removeEdges(GraphNode* pNode, bool bOut)
  */
 void GraphWidget::removeDisconnected(GraphNode* pNode)
 {
-	QDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
+	TQDictIterator<GraphNode> itr(m_dictNodes);
 	
 	// Find all weakly connected components attached to this node
 	pNode->dfs();
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ void GraphWidget::removeDisconnected(GraphNode* pNode)
  * @param	pNode	The node for which to show the menu
  * @param	ptPos	The position of the menu 
  */
-void GraphWidget::showNodeMenu(GraphNode* pNode, const QPoint& ptPos)
+void GraphWidget::showNodeMenu(GraphNode* pNode, const TQPoint& ptPos)
 {
 	// Remember the node
 	m_pMenuItem = pNode;
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ void GraphWidget::showNodeMenu(GraphNode* pNode, const QPoint& ptPos)
  * @param	pEdge	The edge for which to show the menu
  * @param	ptPos	The position of the menu 
  */
-void GraphWidget::showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge* pEdge, const QPoint& ptPos)
+void GraphWidget::showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge* pEdge, const TQPoint& ptPos)
 {
 	// Remember the edge
 	m_pMenuItem = pEdge;
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotDotFinished()
 {
 	// Delete the temporary file
 	if (m_sDrawFilePath != "") {
-		QFile::remove(m_sDrawFilePath);
+		TQFile::remove(m_sDrawFilePath);
 		m_sDrawFilePath = "";
 	}
 	
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotDotFinished()
 void GraphWidget::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
 {
 	CallData data;
-	QString sFunc;
+	TQString sFunc;
 	
 	// Get the file name
 	data.m_sFile = pToken->getData();
@@ -932,11 +932,11 @@ void GraphWidget::slotListCalled()
 	if (pNode == NULL)
 		return;
 	
-	QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (QWidget*)parent());
+	QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (TQWidget*)parent());
 	
 	// Show the query view dialogue
 	dlg.query(CscopeFrontend::Called, pNode->getFunc());
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 		
 	// The OK button was clicked, replace current calls with the listed ones
@@ -1018,11 +1018,11 @@ void GraphWidget::slotListCalling()
 	if (pNode == NULL)
 		return;
 	
-	QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (QWidget*)parent());
+	QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (TQWidget*)parent());
 	
 	// Show the query view dialogue
 	dlg.query(CscopeFrontend::Calling, pNode->getFunc());
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 		
 	// The OK button was clicked, replace current calls with the listed ones
@@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@ void GraphWidget::slotFindDef()
 	pDlg = new QueryViewDlg(QueryViewDlg::DestroyOnSelect, this);
 	
 	// Display a line when it is selected in the dialogue
-	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 	// Start the query
 	pDlg->query(CscopeFrontend::Definition, pNode->getFunc());
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotMultiCallDetails()
 	if (!pParent)
 		return;
 		
-	QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (QWidget*)parent());
+	QueryViewDlg dlg(0, (TQWidget*)parent());
 	
 	dlg.query(bCalled ? CscopeFrontend::Calling : CscopeFrontend::Called, 
 		pParent->getFunc());
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ void GraphWidget::slotMultiCallDetails()
 void GraphWidget::slotOpenCall()
 {
 	GraphEdge* pEdge;
-	QString sFile, sLine;
+	TQString sFile, sLine;
 	
 	// Make sure the menu item is an edge
 	pEdge = dynamic_cast<GraphEdge*>(m_pMenuItem);
diff --git a/src/graphwidget.h b/src/graphwidget.h
index 119ddbb..55224c6 100644
--- a/src/graphwidget.h
+++ b/src/graphwidget.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef GRAPHWIDGET_H
 #define GRAPHWIDGET_H
 
-#include <qcanvas.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <ntqcanvas.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
 #include "cscopefrontend.h"
 #include "graphnode.h"
 #include "dotfrontend.h"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class ProgressDlg;
 
 /**
  * A widget that displays call tree graphs generated by graphviz.
- * This class is based on a QCanvasView widget, and displays two types of
+ * This class is based on a TQCanvasView widget, and displays two types of
  * canvas items: GraphNode, which draws the name of a function inside a
  * polygon, and ArrowEdge, which is a directed graph edge shaped like an
  * arrow.
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ class ProgressDlg;
  * any of these widgets.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class GraphWidget : public QCanvasView
+class GraphWidget : public TQCanvasView
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public:
-	GraphWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	GraphWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~GraphWidget();
 	
 	/**
@@ -74,39 +74,39 @@ public:
 	struct CallData
 	{
 		/** The name of the calling function. */
-		QString m_sCaller;
+		TQString m_sCaller;
 		
 		/** The name of the called function. */
-		QString m_sCallee;
+		TQString m_sCallee;
 		
 		/** Path of the file in which the call appears. */
-		QString m_sFile;
+		TQString m_sFile;
 		
 		/** The line number of the call. */
-		QString m_sLine;
+		TQString m_sLine;
 		
 		/** The call's text. */
-		QString m_sText;
+		TQString m_sText;
 	};
 
 	/** Graph orientation values. */
 	enum Orientation { Portrait, Landscape };
 
-	void setRoot(const QString&);
-	GraphNode* addNode(const QString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
+	void setRoot(const TQString&);
+	GraphNode* addNode(const TQString&, bool bMultiCall = false);
 	void addCall(const CallData&);
-	void addMultiCall(const QString&, bool);
+	void addMultiCall(const TQString&, bool);
 	void draw();
 	void save(FILE*);
-	void save(const QString&);
+	void save(const TQString&);
 	void zoom(bool);
 	void setZoom(double);
 	void rotate();
-	QString getTip(const QPoint&, QRect&);
+	TQString getTip(const TQPoint&, TQRect&);
 	
 	void resize(int, int);
-	void drawNode(const QString&, const QRect&);
-	void drawEdge(const QString&, const QString&, const QPointArray&);
+	void drawNode(const TQString&, const TQRect&);
+	void drawEdge(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQPointArray&);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Adjusts the maximal number of calling/called functions shown for
@@ -127,16 +127,16 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the file to show
 	 * @param	nLine	The line number in this file
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual void drawContents(QPainter*, int, int, int, int);
-	virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*);
+	virtual void drawContents(TQPainter*, int, int, int, int);
+	virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent*);
 	
 private:
 	/** The graph is stored as a map of nodes indexed by their names. 
 		Each node holds a list of outgoing edges. */
-	QDict<GraphNode> m_dictNodes;
+	TQDict<GraphNode> m_dictNodes;
 	
 	/** A Cscope process to use for running queries. */
 	CscopeFrontend* m_pCscope;
@@ -149,23 +149,23 @@ private:
 	
 	/** Remembers the function the was last queried for calling/called
 		functions. */
-	QString m_sQueriedFunc;
+	TQString m_sQueriedFunc;
 	
 	/** Remembers whether the last query was for calling or called
 		functions. */
 	bool m_bCalled;
 	
 	/** The node over which the popup menu has been invoked. */
-	QCanvasPolygonalItem* m_pMenuItem;
+	TQCanvasPolygonalItem* m_pMenuItem;
 	
 	/** A popup menu that appears when a node is right-clicked. */
-	QPopupMenu* m_pNodePopup;
+	TQPopupMenu* m_pNodePopup;
 	
 	/** A popup menu that appears when a node is right-clicked. */
-	QPopupMenu* m_pMultiCallPopup;
+	TQPopupMenu* m_pMultiCallPopup;
 	
 	/** A popup menu that appears when an edge is right-clicked. */
-	QPopupMenu* m_pEdgePopup;
+	TQPopupMenu* m_pEdgePopup;
 
 	/** The zoom factor for the graph. */
 	double m_dZoom;
@@ -181,16 +181,16 @@ private:
 	uint m_nMultiCallNum;
 	
 	/** Holds the path of the temporary dot file used for drawing the graph. */
-	QString m_sDrawFilePath;
+	TQString m_sDrawFilePath;
 	
 	/** Allows lengthy drawing operations to be cancelled. */
 	ProgressDlg* m_pProgressDlg;
 	
-	void write(QTextStream&, const QString&, const QString&, bool);
+	void write(TQTextStream&, const TQString&, const TQString&, bool);
 	void removeEdges(GraphNode*, bool);
 	void removeDisconnected(GraphNode*);
-	void showNodeMenu(GraphNode*, const QPoint&);
-	void showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge*, const QPoint&);
+	void showNodeMenu(GraphNode*, const TQPoint&);
+	void showEdgeMenu(GraphEdge*, const TQPoint&);
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotDotFinished();
diff --git a/src/historypage.cpp b/src/historypage.cpp
index eabd6b6..5095d1c 100644
--- a/src/historypage.cpp
+++ b/src/historypage.cpp
@@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ int HistoryPage::s_nMaxPageID = 0;
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-HistoryPage::HistoryPage(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+HistoryPage::HistoryPage(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	QueryPageBase(pParent, szName),
 	m_nPageID(++s_nMaxPageID)
 {
 	m_pView = new HistoryView(this);
 	
-	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 	
 	// Set colours and font
 	applyPrefs();
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ HistoryPage::~HistoryPage()
  * @param	nLine	The line number
  * @param	sText	The text of the file at the given line
  */
-void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine, 
-	const QString& sText)
+void HistoryPage::addRecord(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine, 
+	const TQString& sText)
 {
 	HistoryItem* pItem, * pNextItem;
 	
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine,
 	}
 	
 	// Create the new item at the top of the list
-	m_pView->addRecord("", sFile, QString::number(nLine), sText, NULL);
+	m_pView->addRecord("", sFile, TQString::number(nLine), sText, NULL);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine,
  * @param	sLine	The line number
  * @param	sText	The contents of the line
  */
-void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString&, const QString& sFile,
-	const QString& sLine, const QString& sText)
+void HistoryPage::addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString& sFile,
+	const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText)
 {
 	m_pView->addRecord("", sFile, sLine, sText, NULL);
 }
@@ -106,19 +106,19 @@ void HistoryPage::addRecord(const QString&, const QString& sFile,
  * Creates a tab caption for this page, based on the unique page ID.
  * @param	bBrief	true to use brief caption names, false otherwise
  */
-QString HistoryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
+TQString HistoryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
 {
-	return (bBrief ? QString(i18n("HIS ")) : QString(i18n("History "))) +
-		QString::number(m_nPageID);
+	return (bBrief ? TQString(i18n("HIS ")) : TQString(i18n("History "))) +
+		TQString::number(m_nPageID);
 }
 
 /**
  * Creates a unique file name for saving the contents of the history page.
  * @return	The unique file name to use
  */
-QString HistoryPage::getFileName(const QString&) const
+TQString HistoryPage::getFileName(const TQString&) const
 {
-	return QString("History_") + QString::number(m_nPageID);
+	return TQString("History_") + TQString::number(m_nPageID);
 }
 
 #include "historypage.moc"
diff --git a/src/historypage.h b/src/historypage.h
index 9ff614f..552f2d6 100644
--- a/src/historypage.h
+++ b/src/historypage.h
@@ -39,27 +39,27 @@ class HistoryPage : public QueryPageBase
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	HistoryPage(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	HistoryPage(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~HistoryPage();
 	
-	void addRecord(const QString&, uint, const QString&);
+	void addRecord(const TQString&, uint, const TQString&);
 	
-	virtual QString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
+	virtual TQString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
 
 protected:
-	virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
-		const QString&);
-	virtual QString getFileName(const QString&) const;
+	virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+		const TQString&);
+	virtual TQString getFileName(const TQString&) const;
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	Always true, since History files do not contain a header
 	 */
-	virtual bool readHeader(QTextStream&) { return true; }
+	virtual bool readHeader(TQTextStream&) { return true; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * This method does nothing, since History files do not contain a header.
 	 */	
-	virtual void writeHeader(QTextStream&) {}
+	virtual void writeHeader(TQTextStream&) {}
 
 private:
 	/** A unique ID used to create a tab caption for this page. */
diff --git a/src/historyview.cpp b/src/historyview.cpp
index 519c4dc..743fa6a 100644
--- a/src/historyview.cpp
+++ b/src/historyview.cpp
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-HistoryView::HistoryView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+HistoryView::HistoryView(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	QueryView(pParent, szName)
 {
 	// Disable sorting
 	setSortColumn(-1);
 	
 	// Don't show the "Function" column
-	setColumnWidthMode(0, QListView::Manual);
+	setColumnWidthMode(0, TQListView::Manual);
 	setColumnWidth(0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ HistoryView::~HistoryView()
  * @param	sLine	The line number in the above file
  * @param	sText	The line's text
  */
-void HistoryView::addRecord(const QString& /* sFunc */, const QString& sFile,
-	const QString& sLine, const QString& sText, QListViewItem*)
+void HistoryView::addRecord(const TQString& /* sFunc */, const TQString& sFile,
+	const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText, TQListViewItem*)
 {
 	HistoryItem* pItem;
 	
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void HistoryView::addRecord(const QString& /* sFunc */, const QString& sFile,
  */
 void HistoryView::selectPrev()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 
 	// Get the current item
 	pItem = currentItem();
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void HistoryView::selectNext()
  * object.
  * @param	pItem	The item to remove
  */
-void HistoryView::slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void HistoryView::slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	HistoryItem* pCurItem, * pNextItem;
 	
diff --git a/src/historyview.h b/src/historyview.h
index 38a0c46..ab34b37 100644
--- a/src/historyview.h
+++ b/src/historyview.h
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
 
 /**
  * A list view item for holding position history records.
- * A QListViewItem cannot reference its preceding item, which is required to
+ * A TQListViewItem cannot reference its preceding item, which is required to
  * create a stack-like history list. Therefore a HistoryItem object
  * stores a pointer to the item just above it in the list. The pointer is
  * persistent, since the list cannot be sorted.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
 
-class HistoryItem : public QListViewItem
+class HistoryItem : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
 	/**
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ public:
 	 * @param	sLine	The line number
 	 * @param	sText	The contents of the line in the given file
 	 */
-	HistoryItem(QListView* pList, QString sFile, QString sLine, 
-		QString sText) : 
-		QListViewItem(pList, "", sFile, sLine, sText),
+	HistoryItem(TQListView* pList, TQString sFile, TQString sLine, 
+		TQString sText) : 
+		TQListViewItem(pList, "", sFile, sLine, sText),
 		m_pPrevSibling(NULL) {
 		HistoryItem* pNext;
 		
@@ -76,16 +76,16 @@ class HistoryView : public QueryView
 {
 Q_OBJECT
 public:
-	HistoryView(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	HistoryView(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~HistoryView();
 	
-	virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
-		const QString&, QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+		const TQString&, TQListViewItem*);
 	virtual void selectNext();
 	virtual void selectPrev();
 
 protected slots:
-	virtual void slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/kscope.cpp b/src/kscope.cpp
index 3e4c134..5e56233 100644
--- a/src/kscope.cpp
+++ b/src/kscope.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
 #include <kfiledialog.h>
 #include <kmenubar.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+KScope::KScope(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	KParts::DockMainWindow(pParent, szName),
 	m_pCscopeBuild(NULL),	
 	m_sCurFilePath(""),
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_bRebuildDB(false),
 	m_pMakeDlg(NULL)
 {
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 
 	// Load configuration
 	Config().load();
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_pFileView = new FileView(this);
 	m_pFileList = m_pFileView->getFileList();
 	m_pMsgDlg = new CscopeMsgDlg(this);
-	m_pQueryDock = createDockWidget("Query Window", QPixmap());
-	m_pFileViewDock = createDockWidget("File List Window", QPixmap());
+	m_pQueryDock = createDockWidget("Query Window", TQPixmap());
+	m_pFileViewDock = createDockWidget("File List Window", TQPixmap());
 
 	// Connect menu and toolbar items with the object's slots
 	m_pActions = new KScopeActions(this);
@@ -121,23 +121,23 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	
 	// Open a file for editing when selected in the project's file list or the
 	// file tree
-	connect(m_pFileView, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SLOT(slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pFileView, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SLOT(slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
 
 	// Delete an editor page object after it is removed
 	connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(editorRemoved(EditorPage*)),
 		this, SLOT(slotDeleteEditor(EditorPage*)));
 	
-	connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(filesDropped(QDropEvent*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotDropEvent(QDropEvent*)));
+	connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(filesDropped(TQDropEvent*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent*)));
 	
 	// Set an editor as the active part whenever its owner tab is selected
 	connect(m_pEditTabs, SIGNAL(editorChanged(EditorPage*, EditorPage*)),
 		this, SLOT(slotChangeEditor(EditorPage*, EditorPage*)));
 
 	// Display a file at a specific line when selected in a query list
-	connect(m_pQueryWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
-		this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pQueryWidget, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+		this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
 	
 	// Display the symbol dialogue when the user opens a new query page
 	connect(m_pQueryWidget, SIGNAL(newQuery()), 
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ KScope::KScope(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	connect(&m_timerRebuild, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotRebuildDB()));
 
 	// Display a file at a specific line when selected in a call tree dialogue
-	connect(m_pCallTreeMgr, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)),
-		this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pCallTreeMgr, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)),
+		this, SLOT(slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 	// Store main window settings when closed
 	setAutoSaveSettings();
@@ -203,14 +203,14 @@ void KScope::initMainWindow()
 {
 	KStatusBar* pStatus;
 	KDockWidget* pMainDock;
-	QPopupMenu* pPopup;
+	TQPopupMenu* pPopup;
 	
 	// Create the status bar
 	pStatus = statusBar();
 	pStatus->insertItem(i18n(" Line: N/A Col: N/A "), 0, 0, true);
 
 	// Create the main dock for the editor tabs widget
-	pMainDock = createDockWidget("Editors Window", QPixmap());
+	pMainDock = createDockWidget("Editors Window", TQPixmap());
 	pMainDock->setWidget(m_pEditTabs);
 	pMainDock->setDockSite(KDockWidget::DockCorner);
 	setMainDockWidget(pMainDock);
@@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ void KScope::initMainWindow()
 		SLOT(slotFileViewDockClosed()));
 	
 	// Associate the "Window" menu with the editor tabs widdget
-	pPopup = (QPopupMenu*)factory()->container("window", this);
+	pPopup = (TQPopupMenu*)factory()->container("window", this);
 	m_pEditTabs->setWindowMenu(pPopup);
 
 	// Associate the "Query" popup menu with the query widget
-	pPopup = (QPopupMenu*)factory()->container("query_popup", this);
+	pPopup = (TQPopupMenu*)factory()->container("query_popup", this);
 	m_pQueryWidget->setPageMenu(pPopup, m_pActions->getLockAction());
 	
 	// Restore dock configuration
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void KScope::slotCreateProject()
 {
 	NewProjectDlg dlg(true, this);
 	ProjectBase::Options opt;
-	QString sProjPath;
+	TQString sProjPath;
 	
 	// Prompt the user to close any active projects
 	if (m_pProjMgr->curProject()) {
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void KScope::slotCreateProject()
 	}
 	
 	// Display the "New Project" dialog
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 
 	// Create and open the new project
@@ -318,15 +318,15 @@ void KScope::slotCreateProject()
 void KScope::slotOpenProject()
 {
 	OpenProjectDlg dlg;
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 	
-	if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Rejected)
+	if (dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Rejected)
 		return;
 
 	sPath = dlg.getPath();
 	
 	// Check if the path refers to a permanent or temporary project
-	if (QFileInfo(sPath).isDir())
+	if (TQFileInfo(sPath).isDir())
 		openProject(sPath);
 	else
 		openCscopeOut(sPath);
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ void KScope::slotProjectFiles()
 
 	// Display the files dialog
 	ProjectFilesDlg dlg((Project*)pProj, this);
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 	
 	// Update the project's file list
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ void KScope::slotProjectProps()
 	dlg.setProperties(pProj->getName(), pProj->getPath(), opt);
 		
 	// Display the properties dialog
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 
 	// Set new properties
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ void KScope::slotProjectProps()
  */
 void KScope::slotProjectCscopeOut()
 {
-	QString sFilePath;
+	TQString sFilePath;
 	
 	// Prompt for a Cscope.out file
 	sFilePath = KFileDialog::getOpenFileName();
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void KScope::slotQueryIncluding()
  */
 void KScope::slotQueryQuickDef()
 {
-	QString sSymbol;
+	TQString sSymbol;
 	QueryViewDlg* pDlg;
 	uint nType;
 	bool bCase;
@@ -534,8 +534,8 @@ void KScope::slotQueryQuickDef()
 	pDlg = new QueryViewDlg(QueryViewDlg::DestroyOnSelect, this);
 	
 	// Display a line when it is selected in the dialogue
-	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SLOT(slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SLOT(slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 	// Start the query
 	pDlg->query(nType, sSymbol);
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ void KScope::slotConfigure()
 	connect(&dlg, SIGNAL(applyPref()), this, SLOT(slotApplyPref()));
 
 	// Show the dialog
-	if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+	if (dlg.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted) {
 		// Verify Cscope's installation
 		verifyCscope();
 	}
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ void KScope::slotConfigure()
  */
 void KScope::slotProjectFilesChanged()
 {
-	QStringList slArgs;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
 	
 	// Refresh the file list
 	m_pFileList->setUpdatesEnabled(false);
@@ -630,9 +630,9 @@ void KScope::slotProjectFilesChanged()
  * file list, and the project's database is rebuilt.
  * @param	slFiles	The list of file paths added to the project
  */
-void KScope::slotFilesAdded(const QStringList& slFiles)
+void KScope::slotFilesAdded(const TQStringList& slFiles)
 {
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
 
 	// Add the file paths to the project's file list
 	for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr)
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ void KScope::slotFilesAdded(const QStringList& slFiles)
  */
 void KScope::slotQuery(uint nType, bool bPrompt)
 {
-	QString sSymbol;
+	TQString sSymbol;
 	CallTreeDlg* pCallTreeDlg;
 	bool bCase;
 	
@@ -680,13 +680,13 @@ void KScope::slotQuery(uint nType, bool bPrompt)
  * If another project is currently active, it is closed first.
  * @param	sDir	The directory of the project to open.
  */
-void KScope::openProject(const QString& sDir)
+void KScope::openProject(const TQString& sDir)
 {
-	QString sProjDir;
+	TQString sProjDir;
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
-	QStringList slQueryFiles;
-	QStringList slCallTreeFiles;
-	QStringList slArgs;
+	TQStringList slQueryFiles;
+	TQStringList slCallTreeFiles;
+	TQStringList slArgs;
 	ProjectBase::Options opt;
 	
 	// Close the current project (may return false if the user clicks on the
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ void KScope::openProject(const QString& sDir)
 		return;
 
 	// Open the project in the project manager
-	sProjDir = QDir::cleanDirPath(sDir);
+	sProjDir = TQDir::cleanDirPath(sDir);
 	if (!m_pProjMgr->open(sProjDir))
 		return;
 	
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ void KScope::openProject(const QString& sDir)
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of the Cscope.out file
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool KScope::openCscopeOut(const QString& sFilePath)
+bool KScope::openCscopeOut(const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
 	
@@ -798,8 +798,8 @@ bool KScope::openCscopeOut(const QString& sFilePath)
  */
 void KScope::openLastProject()
 {
-	const QStringList slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
-	QString sPath;
+	const TQStringList slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
+	TQString sPath;
 	
 	if (slProjects.empty())
 		return;
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ void KScope::openLastProject()
 	sPath = *slProjects.begin();
 
 	// Check if the path refers to a temporary project
-	if (!QFileInfo(sPath).isDir()) {
+	if (!TQFileInfo(sPath).isDir()) {
 		openCscopeOut(sPath);
 		return;
 	}
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ void KScope::restoreSession()
 	
 	for (pLoc = sess.fllOpenFiles.first(); pLoc != NULL;
 		pLoc = sess.fllOpenFiles.next()) {
-		if (QFile::exists(pLoc->m_sPath)) {
+		if (TQFile::exists(pLoc->m_sPath)) {
 			pPage = addEditor(pLoc->m_sPath);
 			pPage->setCursorPos(pLoc->m_nLine, pLoc->m_nCol);
 		}
@@ -901,8 +901,8 @@ void KScope::toggleQueryWindow(bool bShow)
  */
 void KScope::parseCmdLine(KCmdLineArgs* pArgs)
 {
-	QString sArg;
-	QFileInfo fi;
+	TQString sArg;
+	TQFileInfo fi;
 	int i;
 
 	// Loop over all arguments
@@ -981,8 +981,8 @@ void KScope::initCscope()
 		SLOT(slotBuildAborted()));
 
 	// Show errors in a modeless dialogue
-	connect(m_pCscopeBuild, SIGNAL(error(const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotCscopeError(const QString&)));
+	connect(m_pCscopeBuild, SIGNAL(error(const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotCscopeError(const TQString&)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ bool KScope::slotCloseProject()
 	m_pProjMgr->close();
 	delete m_pCscopeBuild;
 	m_pCscopeBuild = NULL;
-	setCaption(QString::null);
+	setCaption(TQString::null);
 
 	// Clear the contents of the file list
 	m_pFileView->clear();
@@ -1072,13 +1072,13 @@ bool KScope::slotCloseProject()
  */
 void KScope::slotExtEdit()
 {
-	QString sCmdLine;
+	TQString sCmdLine;
 	KProcess proc;
 
 	// Create the command line for the external editor	
 	sCmdLine = Config().getExtEditor();
 	sCmdLine.replace("%F", m_sCurFilePath);
-	sCmdLine.replace("%L", QString::number(m_nCurLine));
+	sCmdLine.replace("%L", TQString::number(m_nCurLine));
 	
 	// Run the external editor
 	proc.setUseShell(true);
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ void KScope::slotCscopeVerified(bool bResult, uint nArgs)
  */
 void KScope::slotProjectMake()
 {
-	QString sCmd, sDir;
+	TQString sCmd, sDir;
 	
 	// Create the make dialogue, if it does not exist
 	if (m_pMakeDlg == NULL) {
@@ -1174,8 +1174,8 @@ void KScope::slotProjectMake()
 		m_pMakeDlg->setDir(sDir);
 		
 		// Show the relevant source location when an error link is clicked
-		connect(m_pMakeDlg, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-			SLOT(slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint)));
+		connect(m_pMakeDlg, SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+			SLOT(slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 		// Show the dialogue
 		m_pMakeDlg->show();
@@ -1212,14 +1212,14 @@ void KScope::slotProjectRemake()
 void KScope::slotShowBookmarks()
 {
 	BookmarksDlg dlg;
-	QString sPath;
+	TQString sPath;
 	uint nLine;
 	
 	// Load the bookmark list
 	m_pEditTabs->showBookmarks(dlg.getView());
 	
 	// Show the dialogue
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 	
 	// Go to the selected bookmark
@@ -1239,11 +1239,11 @@ void KScope::slotShowBookmarks()
  *					determined automatically
  * @return	true if the user hs enetered a symbol, false otherwise
  */
-bool KScope::getSymbol(uint& nType, QString& sSymbol, bool& bCase,
+bool KScope::getSymbol(uint& nType, TQString& sSymbol, bool& bCase,
 	bool bPrompt)
 {
 	EditorPage* pPage;
-	QString sSuggested;
+	TQString sSuggested;
 	
 	// Set the currently selected text, if any
 	if ((pPage = m_pEditTabs->getCurrentPage()) != NULL)
@@ -1272,10 +1272,10 @@ bool KScope::getSymbol(uint& nType, QString& sSymbol, bool& bCase,
  * @param	sFilePath	The path of the file to open
  * @return	A pointer to the found or newly created editor page
  */
-EditorPage* KScope::addEditor(const QString& sFilePath)
+EditorPage* KScope::addEditor(const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	EditorPage* pPage;
-	QString sAbsFilePath;
+	TQString sAbsFilePath;
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
 	
 	// If the file name is given using a relative path, we need to convert
@@ -1283,11 +1283,11 @@ EditorPage* KScope::addEditor(const QString& sFilePath)
 	// TODO: Project needs a translatePath() method
 	pProj = m_pProjMgr->curProject();
 	if (sFilePath[0] != '/' && pProj) {
-		sAbsFilePath = QDir::cleanDirPath(pProj->getSourceRoot() + "/" +
+		sAbsFilePath = TQDir::cleanDirPath(pProj->getSourceRoot() + "/" +
 			sFilePath);
 	}
 	else {
-		sAbsFilePath = QDir::cleanDirPath(sFilePath);
+		sAbsFilePath = TQDir::cleanDirPath(sFilePath);
 	}
 	
 	// Do not open a new editor if one exists for this file
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ EditorPage* KScope::createEditorPage()
 {
 	KTextEditor::Document* pDoc;
 	EditorPage* pPage;
-	QPopupMenu* pMenu;
+	TQPopupMenu* pMenu;
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
 	
 	// Load a new document part
@@ -1321,26 +1321,26 @@ EditorPage* KScope::createEditorPage()
 		return NULL;
 
 	// Create the new editor page
-	pMenu = (QPopupMenu*)factory()->container(Config().getEditorPopupName(),
+	pMenu = (TQPopupMenu*)factory()->container(Config().getEditorPopupName(),
 		this);
 	pPage = new EditorPage(pDoc, pMenu, m_pEditTabs);
 	m_pEditTabs->addEditorPage(pPage);
 
 	// Show the file's path in the main title
-	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&)));
+	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&)));
 
 	// Show cursor position in the status bar
 	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(cursorPosChanged(uint, uint)), this,
 		SLOT(slotShowCursorPos(uint, uint)));
 	
 	// Rebuild the database after a file has changed
-	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileSaved(const QString&, bool)), this,
-		SLOT(slotFileSaved(const QString&, bool)));
+	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(fileSaved(const TQString&, bool)), this,
+		SLOT(slotFileSaved(const TQString&, bool)));
 	
 	// Handle file drops
-	connect(pPage->getView(), SIGNAL(dropEventPass(QDropEvent*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotDropEvent(QDropEvent*)));
+	connect(pPage->getView(), SIGNAL(dropEventPass(TQDropEvent*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent*)));
 
 	// Apply per-project configuration
 	pProj = m_pProjMgr->curProject();
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ void KScope::slotChangeEditor(EditorPage* pOldPage, EditorPage* pNewPage)
  *						cursor, or 0 to maintain the cursor in its current
  *						position (which does not affect the position history)
  */
-void KScope::slotShowEditor(const QString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
+void KScope::slotShowEditor(const TQString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
 {
 	EditorPage* pPage;
 
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ void KScope::slotShowEditor(const QString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of the file to open for editing
  * @param	nLine		The number of the line on which to position the cursor
  */
-void KScope::slotQueryShowEditor(const QString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
+void KScope::slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString& sFilePath, uint nLine)
 {
 	// Hide the query window, if it was hidden before a query was initiated
 	if (m_bHideQueryOnSelection)
@@ -1496,13 +1496,13 @@ void KScope::slotNewFile()
 void KScope::slotOpenFile()
 {
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
-	QStringList slFiles;
-	QStringList::Iterator itr;
+	TQStringList slFiles;
+	TQStringList::Iterator itr;
 	
 	// Prompt the user for the file(s) to open.
 	pProj = m_pProjMgr->curProject();
 	slFiles = KFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(pProj ? pProj->getSourceRoot() : 
-		QString::null);
+		TQString::null);
 	
 	// Open all selected files.
 	for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ void KScope::slotCloseAllWindows()
  * Cscope process.
  * @param	sMsg	The error message
  */
-void KScope::slotCscopeError(const QString& sMsg)
+void KScope::slotCscopeError(const TQString& sMsg)
 {
 	m_pMsgDlg->addText(sMsg);
 }
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ void KScope::slotCscopeError(const QString& sMsg)
  */
 void KScope::slotBuildProgress(int nFiles, int nTotal)
 {
-	QString sMsg;
+	TQString sMsg;
 	
 	// Use the progress dialogue, if it exists (first time builds)
 	if (m_pProgressDlg) {
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ void KScope::slotBuildProgress(int nFiles, int nTotal)
 	
 	// Show progress information
 	sMsg = i18n("Rebuilding the cross reference database...") + " " +
-		QString::number((nFiles * 100) / nTotal) + "%";
+		TQString::number((nFiles * 100) / nTotal) + "%";
 	statusBar()->message(sMsg);
 }
 
@@ -1654,10 +1654,10 @@ void KScope::slotApplyPref()
 void KScope::slotShowCursorPos(uint nLine, uint nCol)
 {
 	KStatusBar* pStatus = statusBar();
-	QString sText;
+	TQString sText;
 	
 	/* Show the line and column numbers. */
-	QTextOStream(&sText) << " Line: " << nLine << " Col: " << nCol << " ";
+	TQTextOStream(&sText) << " Line: " << nLine << " Col: " << nCol << " ";
 	pStatus->changeItem(sText, 0);
 	
 	/* Store the current line. */
@@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ void KScope::slotShowCursorPos(uint nLine, uint nCol)
  * EditorPage object.
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of the opened file
  */
-void KScope::slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString& sFilePath)
+void KScope::slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	m_sCurFilePath = sFilePath;
 	setCaption(m_pProjMgr->getProjName() + " - " + m_sCurFilePath);
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ void KScope::slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString& sFilePath)
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the modified file that caused this event
  * @param	bIsNew	true if this is a new file, false otherwise
  */
-void KScope::slotFileSaved(const QString& sPath, bool bIsNew)
+void KScope::slotFileSaved(const TQString& sPath, bool bIsNew)
 {
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
 	int nTime;
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ void KScope::slotFileSaved(const QString& sPath, bool bIsNew)
  * Opens all files dropped over the widget.
  * @param	pEvent	Pointer to an object containing the list of dropped files
  */
-void KScope::slotDropEvent(QDropEvent* pEvent)
+void KScope::slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	KURL::List list;
 	KURL::List::Iterator itr;
diff --git a/src/kscope.h b/src/kscope.h
index f1b646e..8b8ee07 100644
--- a/src/kscope.h
+++ b/src/kscope.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
 #include <kcmdlineargs.h>
 #include <kapp.h>
 #include <kparts/dockmainwindow.h>
@@ -73,12 +73,12 @@ class KScope : public KParts::DockMainWindow
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	KScope(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	KScope(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~KScope();
 
-	void openProject(const QString&);
+	void openProject(const TQString&);
 	void openLastProject();
-	bool openCscopeOut(const QString&);
+	bool openCscopeOut(const TQString&);
 	void parseCmdLine(KCmdLineArgs *pArgs);
 	void verifyCscope();
 	
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ private:
 	CscopeFrontend* m_pCscopeBuild;
 
 	/** A timer for rebuilding the database after a file has been saved. */
-	QTimer m_timerRebuild;
+	TQTimer m_timerRebuild;
 	
 	/** Whether the query window should be hidden after the user selects an
 		item. */	
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ private:
 	CscopeMsgDlg* m_pMsgDlg;
 	
 	/** The path of the file currently being edited. */
-	QString m_sCurFilePath;
+	TQString m_sCurFilePath;
 	
 	/** The line number of the current cursor position. */
 	int m_nCurLine;
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ private:
 	
 	void initMainWindow();
 	void initCscope();
-	bool getSymbol(uint&, QString&, bool&, bool bPrompt = true);
-	EditorPage* addEditor(const QString&s);
+	bool getSymbol(uint&, TQString&, bool&, bool bPrompt = true);
+	EditorPage* addEditor(const TQString&s);
 	EditorPage* createEditorPage();
 	inline bool isAutoRebuildEnabled();
 	void restoreSession();
@@ -213,22 +213,22 @@ private slots:
 	
 	// Other slots
 	void slotProjectFilesChanged();
-	void slotFilesAdded(const QStringList&);
+	void slotFilesAdded(const TQStringList&);
 	void slotQuery(uint, bool);
 	void slotDeleteEditor(EditorPage*);
 	void slotChangeEditor(EditorPage*, EditorPage*);
-	void slotShowEditor(const QString&, uint);
-	void slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const QString&);
-	void slotFileSaved(const QString&, bool);
-	void slotCscopeError(const QString&);
+	void slotShowEditor(const TQString&, uint);
+	void slotFileOpened(EditorPage*, const TQString&);
+	void slotFileSaved(const TQString&, bool);
+	void slotCscopeError(const TQString&);
 	void slotBuildProgress(int, int);
 	void slotBuildInvIndex();
 	void slotBuildFinished(uint);
 	void slotBuildAborted();
 	void slotApplyPref();
 	void slotShowCursorPos(uint, uint);
-	void slotQueryShowEditor(const QString&, uint);
-	void slotDropEvent(QDropEvent*);
+	void slotQueryShowEditor(const TQString&, uint);
+	void slotDropEvent(TQDropEvent*);
 	void slotCscopeVerified(bool, uint);
 };
 
diff --git a/src/kscopeactions.cpp b/src/kscopeactions.cpp
index d5c64fc..3caaedd 100644
--- a/src/kscopeactions.cpp
+++ b/src/kscopeactions.cpp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 #include "editortabs.h"
 #include "querywidget.h"
 
-KScopeActions::KScopeActions(KScope* pWindow) : QObject(),
+KScopeActions::KScopeActions(KScope* pWindow) : TQObject(),
 		m_pWindow(pWindow),
 		m_pCollection(pWindow->actionCollection())
 {
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@ void KScopeActions::slotEnableFileActions(bool bEnable)
  *						the action
  * @return	The newly created action object
  */
-KAction* KScopeActions::addAction(const QString& sCaption, const char* szIcon,
-	const char* szShortcut, QWidget* pReceiver, const char* szSlot,
+KAction* KScopeActions::addAction(const TQString& sCaption, const char* szIcon,
+	const char* szShortcut, TQWidget* pReceiver, const char* szSlot,
 	const char* szName, const char* szSignal)
 {
 	KAction* pAction;
@@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ KAction* KScopeActions::addAction(const QString& sCaption, const char* szIcon,
  *						the action
  * @return	The newly created action object
  */
-KToggleAction* KScopeActions::addToggle(const QString& sCaption,
-	const char* szIcon, const char* szShortcut, QWidget* pReceiver,
+KToggleAction* KScopeActions::addToggle(const TQString& sCaption,
+	const char* szIcon, const char* szShortcut, TQWidget* pReceiver,
 	const char* szSlot, const char* szName, const char* szSignal)
 {
 	KToggleAction* pAction;
diff --git a/src/kscopeactions.h b/src/kscopeactions.h
index 4836310..a344dab 100644
--- a/src/kscopeactions.h
+++ b/src/kscopeactions.h
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
 
 class KScope;
 
-typedef QPtrList<KAction> ActionList;
+typedef TQPtrList<KAction> ActionList;
 
 /**
  * A helper class for managing KScope's menu commands.
  * @author	Elad Lahav
  */
-class KScopeActions : public QObject
+class KScopeActions : public TQObject
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ private:
 	/** The "Show/Hide Tag List" menu command. */
 	KToggleAction* m_pToggleTagListAction;
 	
-	KAction* addAction(const QString&, const char*, const char*, QWidget*,
+	KAction* addAction(const TQString&, const char*, const char*, TQWidget*,
 		const char*, const char*, const char*);
-	KToggleAction* addToggle(const QString&, const char*, const char*,
-		QWidget*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+	KToggleAction* addToggle(const TQString&, const char*, const char*,
+		TQWidget*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/kscopeconfig.cpp b/src/kscopeconfig.cpp
index 3cc5094..924421f 100644
--- a/src/kscopeconfig.cpp
+++ b/src/kscopeconfig.cpp
@@ -88,22 +88,22 @@ KScopeConfig::ConfParams KScopeConfig::s_cpDef = {
 	true, // Show the tag list
 	SPLIT_SIZES(), // Tag list width
 	{
-		QColor(black), // File list foreground
-		QColor(white), // File list background
-		QColor(black), // Tag list foreground
-		QColor(white), // Tag list background
-		QColor(black), // Query page foreground
-		QColor(white), // Query page background
-		QColor("#c0c0c0"), // Call graph background
-		QColor("#c0ff80"), // Call graph nodes
-		QColor(black), // Call graph text
-		QColor("#ff8000")
+		TQColor(black), // File list foreground
+		TQColor(white), // File list background
+		TQColor(black), // Tag list foreground
+		TQColor(white), // Tag list background
+		TQColor(black), // Query page foreground
+		TQColor(white), // Query page background
+		TQColor("#c0c0c0"), // Call graph background
+		TQColor("#c0ff80"), // Call graph nodes
+		TQColor(black), // Call graph text
+		TQColor("#ff8000")
 	},
 	{
-		QFont(), // Font definitions are overriden in load()
-		QFont(),
-		QFont(),
-		QFont()
+		TQFont(), // Font definitions are overriden in load()
+		TQFont(),
+		TQFont(),
+		TQFont()
 	},
 	NameAsc, // Ctags sort order
 	false, // Read-only mode
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ bool KScopeConfig::showWelcomeDlg()
 /**
  * @return	The full path of the Cscope executable
  */
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getCscopePath() const
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getCscopePath() const
 {
 	return m_cp.sCscopePath;
 }
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getCscopePath() const
 /**
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the Cscope executable
  */
-void KScopeConfig::setCscopePath(const QString& sPath)
+void KScopeConfig::setCscopePath(const TQString& sPath)
 {
 	m_cp.sCscopePath = sPath;
 }
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setCscopePath(const QString& sPath)
 /**
  * @return	The full path of the Ctags executable
  */
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getCtagsPath() const
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getCtagsPath() const
 {
 	return m_cp.sCtagsPath;
 }
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getCtagsPath() const
 /**
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the Ctags executable
  */
-void KScopeConfig::setCtagsPath(const QString& sPath)
+void KScopeConfig::setCtagsPath(const TQString& sPath)
 {
 	m_cp.sCtagsPath = sPath;
 }
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setCtagsPath(const QString& sPath)
 /**
  * @return	The full path of the Dot executable
  */
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getDotPath() const
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getDotPath() const
 {
 	return m_cp.sDotPath;
 }
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getDotPath() const
 /**
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the Dot executable
  */
-void KScopeConfig::setDotPath(const QString& sPath)
+void KScopeConfig::setDotPath(const TQString& sPath)
 {
 	m_cp.sDotPath = sPath;
 }
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setDotPath(const QString& sPath)
 /**
  * @return	A sorted list of recently used project paths.
  */
-const QStringList& KScopeConfig::getRecentProjects() const
+const TQStringList& KScopeConfig::getRecentProjects() const
 {
 	return m_slProjects;
 }
@@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ const QStringList& KScopeConfig::getRecentProjects() const
  * list.
  * @param	sProjPath	The path of the project to add
  */
-void KScopeConfig::addRecentProject(const QString& sProjPath)
+void KScopeConfig::addRecentProject(const TQString& sProjPath)
 {
-	QStringList::Iterator itr;
+	TQStringList::Iterator itr;
 	
 	itr = m_slProjects.find(sProjPath);
 	if (itr != m_slProjects.end())
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::addRecentProject(const QString& sProjPath)
  * Removes the given project path from recently used projects list.
  * @param	sProjPath	The path of the project to remove
  */
-void KScopeConfig::removeRecentProject(const QString& sProjPath)
+void KScopeConfig::removeRecentProject(const TQString& sProjPath)
 {
 	m_slProjects.remove(sProjPath);
 }
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setEditorSizes(const SPLIT_SIZES& siEditor)
  * @param	ce		Identifies the GUI element
  * @return	A reference to the colour object to use
  */
-const QColor& KScopeConfig::getColor(ColorElement ce) const
+const TQColor& KScopeConfig::getColor(ColorElement ce) const
 {
 	return m_cp.clrs[ce];
 }
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ const QColor& KScopeConfig::getColor(ColorElement ce) const
  * @param	ce	The GUI element
  * @return	A name used in the colour configuration page
  */
-QString KScopeConfig::getColorName(ColorElement ce) const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getColorName(ColorElement ce) const
 {
 	return COLOR_NAME(ce);
 }
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ QString KScopeConfig::getColorName(ColorElement ce) const
  * @param	ce		Identifies the GUI element
  * @param	clr		The colour to use
  */ 
-void KScopeConfig::setColor(ColorElement ce, const QColor& clr)
+void KScopeConfig::setColor(ColorElement ce, const TQColor& clr)
 {
 	m_cp.clrs[ce] = clr;
 }
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setColor(ColorElement ce, const QColor& clr)
  * @param	fe		Identifies the GUI element
  * @return	A reference to the font object to use
  */
-const QFont& KScopeConfig::getFont(FontElement fe) const
+const TQFont& KScopeConfig::getFont(FontElement fe) const
 {
 	return m_cp.fonts[fe];
 }
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ const QFont& KScopeConfig::getFont(FontElement fe) const
  * @param	ce	The GUI element
  * @return	A name used in the font configuration page
  */
-QString KScopeConfig::getFontName(FontElement ce) const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getFontName(FontElement ce) const
 {
 	return FONT_NAME(ce);
 }
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ QString KScopeConfig::getFontName(FontElement ce) const
  * @param	fe		Identifies the GUI element
  * @param	font	The font to use
  */ 
-void KScopeConfig::setFont(FontElement fe, const QFont& font)
+void KScopeConfig::setFont(FontElement fe, const TQFont& font)
 {
 	m_bFontsChanged = true;
 	m_cp.fonts[fe] = font;
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setAutoSortFiles(bool bSort)
 /**
  * @return	A command line for launching an external editor
  */
-const QString& KScopeConfig::getExtEditor()
+const TQString& KScopeConfig::getExtEditor()
 {
 	return m_cp.sExtEditor;
 }
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ const QString& KScopeConfig::getExtEditor()
 /**
  * @param	sExtEditor	A command line for launching an external editor
  */
-void KScopeConfig::setExtEditor(const QString& sExtEditor)
+void KScopeConfig::setExtEditor(const TQString& sExtEditor)
 {
 	m_cp.sExtEditor = sExtEditor;
 }
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ KScopeConfig::EditorPopup KScopeConfig::getEditorPopup() const
 /**
  * @return	The name of the popup menu to use in the embedded editor
  */
-QString KScopeConfig::getEditorPopupName() const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getEditorPopupName() const
 {
 	switch (m_cp.popup) {
 	case Embedded:
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ void KScopeConfig::setEditorPopup(KScopeConfig::EditorPopup popup)
 /**
  * @return	The default orientation for call graphs
  */
-QString KScopeConfig::getGraphOrientation() const
+TQString KScopeConfig::getGraphOrientation() const
 {
 	return m_cp.sGraphOrient;
 }
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ QString KScopeConfig::getGraphOrientation() const
 /**
  * @param	sOrient	The default orientation for call graphs
  */
-void KScopeConfig::setGraphOrientation(const QString& sOrient)
+void KScopeConfig::setGraphOrientation(const TQString& sOrient)
 {
 	m_cp.sGraphOrient = sOrient;
 }
diff --git a/src/kscopeconfig.h b/src/kscopeconfig.h
index 8a047cf..2d5b48d 100644
--- a/src/kscopeconfig.h
+++ b/src/kscopeconfig.h
@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@
 #ifndef KSCOPECONFIG_H
 #define KSCOPECONFIG_H
 
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qcolor.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqcolor.h>
 #include <kdockwidget.h>
 
-typedef QValueList<int> SPLIT_SIZES;
+typedef TQValueList<int> SPLIT_SIZES;
 
 /**
  * Loads and stores global configuration parameters.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
 
-class KScopeConfig : public QObject
+class KScopeConfig : public TQObject
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
@@ -81,25 +81,25 @@ public:
 	bool isFirstTime();
 	bool showWelcomeDlg();
 	
-	const QString& getCscopePath() const;
-	void setCscopePath(const QString&);
-	const QString& getCtagsPath() const;
-	void setCtagsPath(const QString&);
-	const QString& getDotPath() const;
-	void setDotPath(const QString&);
-	const QStringList& getRecentProjects() const;
-	void addRecentProject(const QString&);
-	void removeRecentProject(const QString&);
+	const TQString& getCscopePath() const;
+	void setCscopePath(const TQString&);
+	const TQString& getCtagsPath() const;
+	void setCtagsPath(const TQString&);
+	const TQString& getDotPath() const;
+	void setDotPath(const TQString&);
+	const TQStringList& getRecentProjects() const;
+	void addRecentProject(const TQString&);
+	void removeRecentProject(const TQString&);
 	bool getShowTagList() const;
 	void setShowTagList(bool);
 	const SPLIT_SIZES& getEditorSizes() const;
 	void setEditorSizes(const SPLIT_SIZES&);
-	const QColor& getColor(ColorElement) const;
-	QString getColorName(ColorElement) const;
-	void setColor(ColorElement, const QColor&);
-	const QFont& getFont(FontElement) const;
-	QString getFontName(FontElement) const;
-	void setFont(FontElement, const QFont&);
+	const TQColor& getColor(ColorElement) const;
+	TQString getColorName(ColorElement) const;
+	void setColor(ColorElement, const TQColor&);
+	const TQFont& getFont(FontElement) const;
+	TQString getFontName(FontElement) const;
+	void setFont(FontElement, const TQFont&);
 	CtagSort getCtagSortOrder();
 	void setCtagSortOrder(CtagSort);
 	bool getReadOnlyMode();
@@ -114,16 +114,16 @@ public:
 	void setWarnModifiedOnDisk(bool);
 	bool getAutoSortFiles();
 	void setAutoSortFiles(bool);
-	const QString& getExtEditor();
-	void setExtEditor(const QString&);
+	const TQString& getExtEditor();
+	void setExtEditor(const TQString&);
 	bool useExtEditor();
 	SysProfile getSysProfile() const;
 	void setSysProfile(SysProfile);
 	EditorPopup getEditorPopup() const;
-	QString getEditorPopupName() const;
+	TQString getEditorPopupName() const;
 	void setEditorPopup(EditorPopup);
-	QString getGraphOrientation() const;
-	void setGraphOrientation(const QString&);
+	TQString getGraphOrientation() const;
+	void setGraphOrientation(const TQString&);
 	int getGraphMaxNodeDegree() const;
 	void setGraphMaxNodeDegree(int);
 	int getDefGraphView() const;
@@ -131,19 +131,19 @@ public:
 	
 private:
 	/** A list of previously loaded projects. */
-	QStringList m_slProjects;
+	TQStringList m_slProjects;
 
 	/** Defines the list of all configurable parameters in KScope.
 		The use of a structure helps define default values (@see s_cpDef) */
 	struct ConfParams {
 		/** The full path of the Cscope executable. */
-		QString sCscopePath;
+		TQString sCscopePath;
 		
 		/** The full path of the Ctags executable. */
-		QString sCtagsPath;
+		TQString sCtagsPath;
 		
 		/** The full path of the Dot executable. */
-		QString sDotPath;
+		TQString sDotPath;
 		
 		/** Whether the tag list should be visible. */
 		bool bShowTagList;
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ private:
 		SPLIT_SIZES siEditor;
 		
 		/** Colours for GUI elements. */
-		QColor clrs[LAST_COLOR + 1];
+		TQColor clrs[LAST_COLOR + 1];
 		
 		/** Fonts for GUI elements. */
-		QFont fonts[LAST_FONT + 1];
+		TQFont fonts[LAST_FONT + 1];
 		
 		/** Sort order of the tag lists. */
 		CtagSort ctagSortOrder;
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ private:
 		
 		/** A command line pattern for an external editor (in read-only
 			mode.)*/
-		QString sExtEditor;
+		TQString sExtEditor;
 		
 		/** How KScope should treat time-consuming operations. */
 		SysProfile profile;
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ private:
 		EditorPopup popup;
 		
 		/** The default orientation of call graphs. */
-		QString sGraphOrient;
+		TQString sGraphOrient;
 		
 		/** Maximal number of called/calling functions per call graph node. */
 		int nGraphMaxNodeDegree;
diff --git a/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp b/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp
index 495d756..1eec922 100644
--- a/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp
+++ b/src/kscopepixmaps.cpp
@@ -253,27 +253,27 @@ KScopePixmaps::~KScopePixmaps()
 
 /**
  * Creates the array of embedded pixmaps.
- * This function is separated from the constructor since QPixmap objects 
+ * This function is separated from the constructor since TQPixmap objects 
  * cannot be created at the time the static KScopePixmaps object is 
  * allocated.
  */
 void KScopePixmaps::init()
 {
 	// Create the pixmap array
-	m_pPixArray = new QPixmap * [PIX_ARRAY_SIZE];
+	m_pPixArray = new TQPixmap * [PIX_ARRAY_SIZE];
 
 	// Create all pixmaps
-	m_pPixArray[SymFunc] = new QPixmap(XPM_FUNC);
-	m_pPixArray[SymVar] = new QPixmap(XPM_VAR);
-	m_pPixArray[SymStruct] = new QPixmap(XPM_STRUCT);
-	m_pPixArray[SymMacro] = new QPixmap(XPM_MACRO);
-	m_pPixArray[SymMember] = new QPixmap(XPM_MEMBER);
-	m_pPixArray[SymEnum] = new QPixmap(XPM_ENUM);
-	m_pPixArray[SymEnumerator] = new QPixmap(XPM_ENUMERATOR);
-	m_pPixArray[SymTypedef] = new QPixmap(XPM_TYPEDEF);
-	m_pPixArray[SymLabel] = new QPixmap(XPM_LABEL);
-	m_pPixArray[SymInclude] = new QPixmap(XPM_INCLUDE);
-	m_pPixArray[SymUnknown] = new QPixmap(XPM_UNKNOWN);
+	m_pPixArray[SymFunc] = new TQPixmap(XPM_FUNC);
+	m_pPixArray[SymVar] = new TQPixmap(XPM_VAR);
+	m_pPixArray[SymStruct] = new TQPixmap(XPM_STRUCT);
+	m_pPixArray[SymMacro] = new TQPixmap(XPM_MACRO);
+	m_pPixArray[SymMember] = new TQPixmap(XPM_MEMBER);
+	m_pPixArray[SymEnum] = new TQPixmap(XPM_ENUM);
+	m_pPixArray[SymEnumerator] = new TQPixmap(XPM_ENUMERATOR);
+	m_pPixArray[SymTypedef] = new TQPixmap(XPM_TYPEDEF);
+	m_pPixArray[SymLabel] = new TQPixmap(XPM_LABEL);
+	m_pPixArray[SymInclude] = new TQPixmap(XPM_INCLUDE);
+	m_pPixArray[SymUnknown] = new TQPixmap(XPM_UNKNOWN);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ void KScopePixmaps::init()
  * @param	name	The pixmap's identifier
  * @return	A reference to the requested pixmap
  */
-const QPixmap& KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(PixName name) const
+const TQPixmap& KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(PixName name) const
 {
 	return *m_pPixArray[name];
 }
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ const QPixmap& KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(PixName name) const
  * @param	name	The pixmap's identifier
  * @return	The requested pixmap
  */
-QPixmap KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(LoadPixName name)
+TQPixmap KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(LoadPixName name)
 {
 	switch (name) {
 	case TabUnlocked:
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ QPixmap KScopePixmaps::getPixmap(LoadPixName name)
 			0, false);
 	}
 
-	return QPixmap();
+	return TQPixmap();
 }
 
 /**
diff --git a/src/kscopepixmaps.h b/src/kscopepixmaps.h
index e5f321b..2577ef6 100644
--- a/src/kscopepixmaps.h
+++ b/src/kscopepixmaps.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef KSCOPEPIXMAPS_H
 #define KSCOPEPIXMAPS_H
 
-#include <qpixmap.h>
+#include <ntqpixmap.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 
 #define GET_PIXMAP(_pix) \
@@ -61,12 +61,12 @@ public:
 		CallingTree, CallGraph };
 	
 	void init();
-	const QPixmap& getPixmap(PixName name) const;
-	QPixmap getPixmap(LoadPixName name);
+	const TQPixmap& getPixmap(PixName name) const;
+	TQPixmap getPixmap(LoadPixName name);
 	
 private:
 	/** An array of pointers to the embedded pixmaps. */
-	QPixmap** m_pPixArray;
+	TQPixmap** m_pPixArray;
 	
 	/** An icon loader used to retrieve pixmaps through the KDE mechanism. */
 	KIconLoader m_loader;
diff --git a/src/makedlg.cpp b/src/makedlg.cpp
index ac60129..8bcc5ad 100644
--- a/src/makedlg.cpp
+++ b/src/makedlg.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qtextcodec.h>
+#include <ntqtextcodec.h>
 #include <ktextbrowser.h>
 #include <kcombobox.h>
 #include <kurlrequester.h>
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-MakeDlg::MakeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+MakeDlg::MakeDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	MakeLayout(pParent, szName, MAKE_DLG_W_FLAGS)
 {
 	// Don't show the "Function" column
-	m_pErrorView->setColumnWidthMode(0, QListView::Manual);
+	m_pErrorView->setColumnWidthMode(0, TQListView::Manual);
 	m_pErrorView->setColumnWidth(0, 0);
 	
 	// Create a new make front-end
@@ -59,21 +59,21 @@ MakeDlg::MakeDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 		SLOT(slotShowOutput(FrontendToken*)));
 	connect(m_pMake, SIGNAL(finished(uint)), this, SLOT(slotFinished(uint)));
 	connect(m_pMake,
-		SIGNAL(error(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&)),
+		SIGNAL(error(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&)),
 		this,
-		SLOT(slotAddError(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&)));
+		SLOT(slotAddError(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&)));
 	
 	// The Root URL control should browse directories
 	m_pRootURL->setMode(KFile::Directory);
 	
 	// Handle URL links in the browser
 	m_pOutputBrowser->setNotifyClick(true);
-	connect(m_pOutputBrowser, SIGNAL(urlClick(const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotBrowserClicked(const QString&)));
+	connect(m_pOutputBrowser, SIGNAL(urlClick(const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotBrowserClicked(const TQString&)));
 		
 	// Handle selections in the error view
-	connect(m_pErrorView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString& , uint)), this,
-		SIGNAL(fileRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pErrorView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString& , uint)), this,
+		SIGNAL(fileRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 	// Do not allow duplicates in the command history
 	m_pCommandHistory->setDuplicatesEnabled(false);
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ MakeDlg::~ MakeDlg()
 /**
  * @return	The currently set make command
  */
-QString MakeDlg::getCommand() const
+TQString MakeDlg::getCommand() const
 {
 	return m_pCommandHistory->currentText();
 }
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ QString MakeDlg::getCommand() const
 /**
  * @param	sCmd	The new make command to use
  */
-void MakeDlg::setCommand(const QString& sCmd)
+void MakeDlg::setCommand(const TQString& sCmd)
 {
 	m_pCommandHistory->setCurrentText(sCmd);
 	m_pCommandHistory->addToHistory(sCmd);
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void MakeDlg::setCommand(const QString& sCmd)
 /**
  * @return	The directory in which to run the make command
  */
-QString MakeDlg::getDir() const
+TQString MakeDlg::getDir() const
 {
 	return m_pRootURL->url();
 }
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ QString MakeDlg::getDir() const
 /**
  * @param	sURL	The new root directory to use
  */
-void MakeDlg::setDir(const QString& sURL)
+void MakeDlg::setDir(const TQString& sURL)
 {
 	m_pRootURL->setURL(sURL);
 }
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ void MakeDlg::setDir(const QString& sURL)
  * is killed.
  * @param	pEvent	The close event descriptor
  */
-void MakeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
+void MakeDlg::closeEvent(TQCloseEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	// Check if a process is currently running
 	if (m_pMake->isRunning()) {
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ void MakeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
 		}
 	}
 	
-	QWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
+	TQWidget::closeEvent(pEvent);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ void MakeDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* pEvent)
  */
 void MakeDlg::slotMake()
 {
-	QString sCommand;
+	TQString sCommand;
 	
 	// Clear the current contents
 	m_pOutputBrowser->clear();
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void MakeDlg::slotMake()
 	
 	// Run the make command
 	sCommand = m_pCommandHistory->currentText();
-	if (!m_pMake->run("make", QStringList::split(" ", sCommand),
+	if (!m_pMake->run("make", TQStringList::split(" ", sCommand),
 		m_pRootURL->url())) {
 		KMessageBox::error(this, m_pMake->getRunError());
 		return;
@@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ void MakeDlg::slotStop()
  */
 void MakeDlg::slotShowOutput(FrontendToken* pToken)
 {
-	QString sData;
+	TQString sData;
 	
 	// GCC uses unicode quote characters - this should ensure that they are
 	// treated correctly by the text browser widget
-	sData = QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(pToken->getData());
+	sData = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(pToken->getData());
 	m_pOutputBrowser->append(sData);
 }
 
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ void MakeDlg::slotFinished(uint)
  * This slot is connected to the urlClick() signal of the browser.
  * @param	sURL	The requested URL
  */
-void MakeDlg::slotBrowserClicked(const QString& sURL)
+void MakeDlg::slotBrowserClicked(const TQString& sURL)
 {
-	QString sFile;
-	QString sLine;
+	TQString sFile;
+	TQString sLine;
 	
 	// Exract the file name and the line number from the URL
 	sFile = sURL.section('&', 0, 0);
@@ -255,12 +255,12 @@ void MakeDlg::slotBrowserClicked(const QString& sURL)
  * @param	sLine	The line number
  * @param	sText	An explanation of the error
  */
-void MakeDlg::slotAddError(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
-	const QString& sText)
+void MakeDlg::slotAddError(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sLine,
+	const TQString& sText)
 {
-	QString sUniText;
+	TQString sUniText;
 	
-	sUniText = QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(sText);
+	sUniText = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale()->toUnicode(sText);
 	m_pErrorView->addRecord("", sFile, sLine, sUniText);
 }
 	
diff --git a/src/makedlg.h b/src/makedlg.h
index 3120b95..a2bb56b 100644
--- a/src/makedlg.h
+++ b/src/makedlg.h
@@ -46,29 +46,29 @@ class MakeDlg: public MakeLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public:
-	MakeDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	MakeDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	virtual ~MakeDlg();
 	
-	QString getCommand() const;
-	void setCommand(const QString&);
-	QString getDir() const;
-	void setDir(const QString&);
+	TQString getCommand() const;
+	void setCommand(const TQString&);
+	TQString getDir() const;
+	void setDir(const TQString&);
 	
 public slots:
 	virtual void slotMake();
 	
 signals:
-	void fileRequested(const QString&, uint);
+	void fileRequested(const TQString&, uint);
 	
 protected:
-	virtual void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*);
+	virtual void closeEvent(TQCloseEvent*);
 	
 protected slots:
 	virtual void slotStop();
 	void slotShowOutput(FrontendToken*);
 	void slotFinished(uint);
-	void slotBrowserClicked(const QString&);
-	void slotAddError(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&);
+	void slotBrowserClicked(const TQString&);
+	void slotAddError(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&);
 	
 private:
 	/** Handles the make process. */
diff --git a/src/makefrontend.cpp b/src/makefrontend.cpp
index 80ea9b8..2977d8f 100644
--- a/src/makefrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/makefrontend.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 #include "makefrontend.h"
 
 // TODO:
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ MakeFrontend::~MakeFrontend()
  * @param	bBlock		(Optional) true to block, false otherwise
  * @return	true if the process was executed successfully, false otherwise
  */
-bool MakeFrontend::run(const QString& sName, const QStringList& slArgs, 
-	const QString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
+bool MakeFrontend::run(const TQString& sName, const TQStringList& slArgs, 
+	const TQString& sWorkDir, bool bBlock)
 {
-	QStringList slShellArgs;
+	TQStringList slShellArgs;
 	
 	// Store the current build directory
 	m_slPathStack.push_back(sWorkDir);
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ bool MakeFrontend::run(const QString& sName, const QStringList& slArgs,
  * Parses lines of output produced by the make command.
  * @param	sToken	A single line of output
  */
-Frontend::ParseResult MakeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken, ParserDelim)
+Frontend::ParseResult MakeFrontend::parseStdout(TQString& sToken, ParserDelim)
 {
-	static QRegExp reErrWarn(RE_FILE_LINE);
-	static QRegExp reEntDir(RE_ENTER_DIR);
-	static QRegExp reExtDir(RE_EXIT_DIR);
-	QString sRep;
+	static TQRegExp reErrWarn(RE_FILE_LINE);
+	static TQRegExp reEntDir(RE_ENTER_DIR);
+	static TQRegExp reExtDir(RE_EXIT_DIR);
+	TQString sRep;
 	int nPos;
-	QString sFile, sLine, sText;
+	TQString sFile, sLine, sText;
 	
 	if ((nPos = reErrWarn.search(sToken)) >= 0) {
 		// An error/warning message
@@ -112,18 +112,18 @@ Frontend::ParseResult MakeFrontend::parseStdout(QString& sToken, ParserDelim)
 		sText = reErrWarn.capturedTexts()[4];
 		emit error(sFile, sLine, sText);
 		
-		sRep = QString("<a href=\"") + sFile + "&\\2\">\\1:\\2</a>\\3: \\4";
+		sRep = TQString("<a href=\"") + sFile + "&\\2\">\\1:\\2</a>\\3: \\4";
 		sToken.replace(reErrWarn, sRep);
 	}
 	else if ((nPos = reEntDir.search(sToken)) >= 0) {
 		// Recursing into a directory
 		m_slPathStack.push_back(reEntDir.capturedTexts()[1]);
-		sToken = QString("<b>Entering directory</b> ") +
+		sToken = TQString("<b>Entering directory</b> ") +
 			m_slPathStack.last();
 	}
 	else if ((nPos = reExtDir.search(sToken)) >= 0) {
 		// Leaving a directory
-		sToken = QString("<b>Leaving directory</b> ") +
+		sToken = TQString("<b>Leaving directory</b> ") +
 			m_slPathStack.last();
 		m_slPathStack.pop_back();
 	}
diff --git a/src/makefrontend.h b/src/makefrontend.h
index 4ed575f..c3ab3f1 100644
--- a/src/makefrontend.h
+++ b/src/makefrontend.h
@@ -45,17 +45,17 @@ public:
 	MakeFrontend(bool bAutoDelete = false);
 	~MakeFrontend();
 
-	virtual bool run(const QString&, const QStringList&, 
-		const QString&, bool bBlock = false);
-	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(QString&, ParserDelim);
+	virtual bool run(const TQString&, const TQStringList&, 
+		const TQString&, bool bBlock = false);
+	virtual ParseResult parseStdout(TQString&, ParserDelim);
 	
 signals:
-	void error(const QString& sFile, const QString& sLine,
-		const QString& sText);
+	void error(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sLine,
+		const TQString& sText);
 	
 private:
 	/** A stack of paths used to track the current build directory. */
-	QStringList m_slPathStack;
+	TQStringList m_slPathStack;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/makelayout.ui b/src/makelayout.ui
index e47acf8..d36dae1 100644
--- a/src/makelayout.ui
+++ b/src/makelayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>MakeLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>MakeLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout10</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+                <widget class="TQLabel" row="0" column="0">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
                         <cstring>m_pRootURL</cstring>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+                <widget class="TQLabel" row="1" column="0">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@
                 </widget>
             </grid>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QTabWidget">
+        <widget class="TQTabWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>tabWidget2</cstring>
             </property>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>tab</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
                     </widget>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>tab</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout7</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pMakeButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
                         <bool>true</bool>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pStopButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
                         <string>Alt+S</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCloseButton</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/newprojectdlg.cpp b/src/newprojectdlg.cpp
index ec8fbca..cc1e73e 100644
--- a/src/newprojectdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/newprojectdlg.cpp
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qregexp.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qspinbox.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqspinbox.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
+#include <ntqtextedit.h>
 #include <kurlrequester.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
  * @param	pParent		The parent widget
  * @param	szName		The widget's name
  */
-NewProjectDlg::NewProjectDlg(bool bNewProj, QWidget* pParent, 
+NewProjectDlg::NewProjectDlg(bool bNewProj, TQWidget* pParent, 
 	const char* szName) :
 	NewProjectLayout(pParent, szName),
 	m_bNewProj(bNewProj)
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ NewProjectDlg::~NewProjectDlg()
  * @param	sPath	The project's path
  * @param	opt		Project parameters configurable in this dialogue
  */
-void NewProjectDlg::setProperties(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
+void NewProjectDlg::setProperties(const TQString& sName, const TQString& sPath,
 	const ProjectBase::Options& opt)
 {
-	QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+	TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
 	
 	// Set values for current project
 	m_pNameEdit->setText(sName);
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::setProperties(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
  * box.
  * @return	The name of the new project
  */
-QString NewProjectDlg::getName()
+TQString NewProjectDlg::getName()
 {
 	return m_pNameEdit->text();
 }
@@ -155,10 +155,10 @@ QString NewProjectDlg::getName()
  * directory, created under it using the project's name.
  * @return	The full path of the parent directory for the new project
  */
-QString NewProjectDlg::getPath()
+TQString NewProjectDlg::getPath()
 {
 	if (m_pHiddenDirCheck->isChecked())
-		return QString(m_pSrcRootRequester->url()) + "/.cscope";
+		return TQString(m_pSrcRootRequester->url()) + "/.cscope";
 	
 	return m_pPathRequester->url();
 }
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::accept()
 	
 	// Validate the name of a new project
 	if (m_bNewProj) {
-		QRegExp re("[^ \\t\\n]+");
+		TQRegExp re("[^ \\t\\n]+");
 		if (!re.exactMatch(m_pNameEdit->text())) {
 			KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("Project names must not contain "
 				"whitespace."));
@@ -217,14 +217,14 @@ void NewProjectDlg::accept()
 		m_slTypes.append(m_pTypesList->text(i));
 
 	// Clean-up the source root
-	QDir dir(m_pSrcRootRequester->url());
+	TQDir dir(m_pSrcRootRequester->url());
 	if (dir.exists())
 		m_pSrcRootRequester->setURL(dir.absPath());
 	else
 		m_pSrcRootRequester->setURL("/");
 		
 	// Close the dialog
-	QDialog::accept();
+	TQDialog::accept();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::accept()
  */
 void NewProjectDlg::slotAddType()
 {
-	QString sType;
+	TQString sType;
 		
 	// Try the custom type edit-box first.
 	sType = m_pTypesEdit->text();
@@ -242,14 +242,14 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotAddType()
 		return;
 
 	// Validate the type string
-	QRegExp reg("[ \\t\\n\\|\\\\\\/]");
+	TQRegExp reg("[ \\t\\n\\|\\\\\\/]");
 	if (sType.contains(reg)) {
 		KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("This is not a valid file type!"));
 		return;
 	}
 
 	// Do not add an existing type.
-	if (m_pTypesList->findItem(sType, Qt::CaseSensitive | Qt::ExactMatch) != 
+	if (m_pTypesList->findItem(sType, TQt::CaseSensitive | TQt::ExactMatch) != 
 		NULL) {
 		return;
 	}
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotAddType()
 void NewProjectDlg::slotRemoveType()
 {
 	int nItem;
-	QString sType;
+	TQString sType;
 	
 	// Verify an item is selected
 	nItem = m_pTypesList->currentItem();
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotRemoveType()
 	m_pTypesList->removeItem(nItem);
 	
 	// Add to the list of available types.
-	if (m_pAvailTypesList->findItem(sType, Qt::CaseSensitive | Qt::ExactMatch) 
+	if (m_pAvailTypesList->findItem(sType, TQt::CaseSensitive | TQt::ExactMatch) 
 		== NULL) {
 		m_pAvailTypesList->insertItem(sType);
 	}
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotRemoveType()
  * available types.
  * @param	sType	The newly selected type
  */
-void NewProjectDlg::slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString& sType)
+void NewProjectDlg::slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString& sType)
 {
 	m_pTypesEdit->setText(sType);
 }
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void NewProjectDlg::slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString& sType)
  * @param	pParent		The parent widget
  * @param	szName		The widget's name
  */
-AutoCompletionDlg::AutoCompletionDlg(QWidget* pParent,
+AutoCompletionDlg::AutoCompletionDlg(TQWidget* pParent,
 	const char* szName ) :
 	AutoCompletionLayout(pParent, szName)
 {
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ int AutoCompletionDlg::exec()
 	m_pMaxEntriesSpin->setValue(m_nMaxEntries);
 
 	// Show the dialogue
-	return QDialog::exec();
+	return TQDialog::exec();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void AutoCompletionDlg::accept()
 	m_nMaxEntries = m_pMaxEntriesSpin->value();
 	
 	// Close the dialogue, indicating acceptance
-	QDialog::accept();
+	TQDialog::accept();
 }
 
 
diff --git a/src/newprojectdlg.h b/src/newprojectdlg.h
index 5d8e556..ff96337 100644
--- a/src/newprojectdlg.h
+++ b/src/newprojectdlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef NEWPROJECTDLG_H
 #define NEWPROJECTDLG_H
 
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
 #include <newprojectlayout.h>
 #include <autocompletionlayout.h>
 #include "projectbase.h"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class AutoCompletionDlg : public AutoCompletionLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public:
-	AutoCompletionDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName = NULL);
+	AutoCompletionDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName = NULL);
 	~AutoCompletionDlg();
 
 public slots:		
@@ -82,25 +82,25 @@ class NewProjectDlg : public NewProjectLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public: 
-	NewProjectDlg(bool, QWidget* pParent = NULL, const char* szName = NULL);
+	NewProjectDlg(bool, TQWidget* pParent = NULL, const char* szName = NULL);
 	~NewProjectDlg();
 	
-	void setProperties(const QString&, const QString&, 
+	void setProperties(const TQString&, const TQString&, 
 		const ProjectBase::Options&);
 
-	QString getName();
-	QString getPath();
+	TQString getName();
+	TQString getPath();
 	void getOptions(ProjectBase::Options&);
 	
 protected slots:
 	virtual void accept();
 	virtual void slotAddType();
 	virtual void slotRemoveType();
-	virtual void slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString&);
+	virtual void slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString&);
 
 private:
 	/** The file MIME-types associated with the new project. */
-	QStringList m_slTypes;
+	TQStringList m_slTypes;
 	
 	/** A sub-dialogue for configuring symbol auto-completion parameters. */
 	AutoCompletionDlg* m_pAutoCompDlg;
diff --git a/src/newprojectlayout.ui b/src/newprojectlayout.ui
index 841b059..4374e3c 100644
--- a/src/newprojectlayout.ui
+++ b/src/newprojectlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>NewProjectLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>NewProjectLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QTabWidget">
+        <widget class="TQTabWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>tabWidget2</cstring>
             </property>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>tab</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                     </property>
-                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>layout18</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+                            <widget class="TQLabel" row="1" column="0">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
                                     <string>Path</string>
                                 </property>
                             </widget>
-                            <widget class="QLineEdit" row="0" column="1">
+                            <widget class="TQLineEdit" row="0" column="1">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pNameEdit</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 The name must conform to the file system's naming conventions for directories (e.g., no spaces, exclamaion marks, etc.).</string>
                                 </property>
                             </widget>
-                            <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+                            <widget class="TQLabel" row="0" column="0">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
                             </widget>
                         </grid>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>m_pHiddenDirCheck</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
                             <string>Alt+U</string>
                         </property>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>layout19</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <widget class="TQLabel">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>textLabel1_2</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ This does not need to be the path in which the source files reside.</string>
                             </widget>
                         </hbox>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <widget class="TQLabel">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>textLabel1_3</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                     </spacer>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>tab</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                     </property>
-                    <widget class="QGroupBox">
+                    <widget class="TQGroupBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QListBox">
+                            <widget class="TQListBox">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pTypesList</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             </widget>
                         </vbox>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>layout5</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     </size>
                                 </property>
                             </spacer>
-                            <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <widget class="TQPushButton">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pAddButton</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     <string>Adds the selected file type to the current project.</string>
                                 </property>
                             </widget>
-                            <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <widget class="TQPushButton">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pRemoveButton</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             </spacer>
                         </vbox>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QGroupBox">
+                    <widget class="TQGroupBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                            <widget class="TQLineEdit">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pTypesEdit</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     <string>You can enter custom file types here.</string>
                                 </property>
                             </widget>
-                            <widget class="QListBox">
+                            <widget class="TQListBox">
                                 <item>
                                     <property name="text">
                                         <string>*.c</string>
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                     </spacer>
                 </hbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>TabPage</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                     </property>
-                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>m_pKernelCheck</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <string>For kernel projects, symbols are not looked up in the standard include path.</string>
                         </property>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>m_pInvCheck</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <string>An inverted index may greatly speed up searches in a large project. The project's building process is longer, though.</string>
                         </property>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>m_pNoCompCheck</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <string></string>
                         </property>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>m_pSlowPathCheck</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <string>Slower, but more accurate, function definition detection (-D)</string>
                         </property>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>layout31</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pAutoRebuildCheck</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     </size>
                                 </property>
                             </spacer>
-                            <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <widget class="TQLabel">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pAutoRebuildLabel</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     <string>(Seconds)</string>
                                 </property>
                             </widget>
-                            <widget class="QSpinBox">
+                            <widget class="TQSpinBox">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pAutoRebuildSpin</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             </widget>
                         </hbox>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>layout30</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pACCheck</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     </size>
                                 </property>
                             </spacer>
-                            <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <widget class="TQPushButton">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pACButton</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             </widget>
                         </hbox>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>layout6</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                             </property>
-                            <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <widget class="TQCheckBox">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pTabWidthCheck</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                                     </size>
                                 </property>
                             </spacer>
-                            <widget class="QSpinBox">
+                            <widget class="TQSpinBox">
                                 <property name="name">
                                     <cstring>m_pTabWidthSpin</cstring>
                                 </property>
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                     </spacer>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
-            <widget class="QWidget">
+            <widget class="TQWidget">
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>TabPage</cstring>
                 </property>
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                     </property>
-                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <widget class="TQLabel">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>textLabel1_4</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                             <string>Ctags command line (Do not change unless you know what you are doing!)</string>
                         </property>
                     </widget>
-                    <widget class="QTextEdit">
+                    <widget class="TQTextEdit">
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>m_pCtagsCmdEdit</cstring>
                         </property>
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                 </vbox>
             </widget>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout19</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCreateButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
                         <bool>true</bool>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -711,9 +711,9 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pAvailTypesList</sender>
-        <signal>highlighted(const QString&amp;)</signal>
+        <signal>highlighted(const TQString&amp;)</signal>
         <receiver>NewProjectLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+        <slot>slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pTabWidthCheck</sender>
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ path for all source files, but is not required.&lt;/blockquote&gt;</string>
     <slot access="protected">slotRemoveType()</slot>
     <slot access="protected">slotAutoRebuildChanged(bool)</slot>
     <slot access="protected">slotAutoCompletionChanged(bool)</slot>
-    <slot access="protected">slotAvailTypesChanged(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotAvailTypesChanged(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
 </slots>
 <layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
 <includehints>
diff --git a/src/openprojectdlg.cpp b/src/openprojectdlg.cpp
index 722fde6..c6d510f 100644
--- a/src/openprojectdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/openprojectdlg.cpp
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqlistbox.h>
 #include <kurlrequester.h>
 #include "openprojectdlg.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-OpenProjectDlg::OpenProjectDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+OpenProjectDlg::OpenProjectDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	OpenProjectLayout(pParent, szName)
 {
 	loadRecent();
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ OpenProjectDlg::~OpenProjectDlg()
 /**
  * @return	The selected project path
  */
-QString OpenProjectDlg::getPath() const
+TQString OpenProjectDlg::getPath() const
 {
 	return m_pProjPathRequester->url();
 }
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ QString OpenProjectDlg::getPath() const
  * the cscope.proj file.
  * @param	sProjPath	The full path of the selected cscope.proj file
  */
-void OpenProjectDlg::slotProjectSelected(const QString& sProjPath)
+void OpenProjectDlg::slotProjectSelected(const TQString& sProjPath)
 {
-	QFileInfo fi(sProjPath);
+	TQFileInfo fi(sProjPath);
 	m_pProjPathRequester->setURL(fi.dirPath(true));
 }
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotProjectSelected(const QString& sProjPath)
  */
 void OpenProjectDlg::slotRemoveRecent()
 {
-	QListBoxItem* pItem;
+	TQListBoxItem* pItem;
 
 	// Remove the selected item, if any
 	pItem = m_pRecentList->selectedItem();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotRemoveRecent()
  * list box.
  * @param	pItem	The selected project item
  */
-void OpenProjectDlg::slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
+void OpenProjectDlg::slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem* pItem)
 {
 	if (pItem != NULL)
 		m_pProjPathRequester->setURL(pItem->text());
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
  * projects list box.
  * @param	pItem	The selected project item
  */
-void OpenProjectDlg::slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
+void OpenProjectDlg::slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem* pItem)
 {
 	if (pItem != NULL) {
 		m_pProjPathRequester->setURL(pItem->text());
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ void OpenProjectDlg::slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem* pItem)
  */
 void OpenProjectDlg::loadRecent()
 {
-	const QStringList& slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	const TQStringList& slProjects = Config().getRecentProjects();
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
 
 	// Create a list item for each project in the list
 	for (itr = slProjects.begin(); itr != slProjects.end(); ++itr)
diff --git a/src/openprojectdlg.h b/src/openprojectdlg.h
index cf492ad..e9c2477 100644
--- a/src/openprojectdlg.h
+++ b/src/openprojectdlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef OPENPROJECTDLG_H
 #define OPENPROJECTDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include <openprojectlayout.h>
 
 /**
@@ -43,16 +43,16 @@ class OpenProjectDlg : public OpenProjectLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	OpenProjectDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	OpenProjectDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~OpenProjectDlg();
 
-	QString getPath() const;
+	TQString getPath() const;
 
 protected slots:
-	virtual void slotProjectSelected(const QString&);
+	virtual void slotProjectSelected(const TQString&);
 	virtual void slotRemoveRecent();
-	virtual void slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem*);
-	virtual void slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*);
+	virtual void slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem*);
+	virtual void slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*);
 
 private:
 	void loadRecent();
diff --git a/src/openprojectlayout.ui b/src/openprojectlayout.ui
index 88d52be..a1c24b4 100644
--- a/src/openprojectlayout.ui
+++ b/src/openprojectlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>OpenProjectLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>OpenProjectLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+        <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>buttonGroup5</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+        <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>buttonGroup6</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QListBox">
+                <widget class="TQListBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pRecentList</cstring>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout9</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
                                 </size>
                             </property>
                         </spacer>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pRemoveButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </vbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout9</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pOpenButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
                         <bool>true</bool>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -164,34 +164,34 @@
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pRecentList</sender>
-        <signal>highlighted(QListBoxItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>highlighted(TQListBoxItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pRecentList</sender>
-        <signal>doubleClicked(QListBoxItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>doubleClicked(TQListBoxItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pProjPathRequester</sender>
-        <signal>urlSelected(const QString&amp;)</signal>
+        <signal>urlSelected(const TQString&amp;)</signal>
         <receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotProjectSelected(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+        <slot>slotProjectSelected(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pRecentList</sender>
-        <signal>returnPressed(QListBoxItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>returnPressed(TQListBoxItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>OpenProjectLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
 </connections>
 <slots>
     <slot access="protected">slotRemoveRecent()</slot>
-    <slot access="protected">slotSelectRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
-    <slot access="protected">slotOpenRecent(QListBoxItem*)</slot>
-    <slot access="protected">slotProjectSelected(const QString&amp;)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotSelectRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotOpenRecent(TQListBoxItem*)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotProjectSelected(const TQString&amp;)</slot>
 </slots>
 <layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
 <includehints>
diff --git a/src/prefcolor.cpp b/src/prefcolor.cpp
index 85beb4b..79bba7c 100644
--- a/src/prefcolor.cpp
+++ b/src/prefcolor.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
 #include <kcolordialog.h>
 #include "prefcolor.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  * colour.
  * @author	Elad Lahav
  */
-class ColorListItem : public QListViewItem
+class ColorListItem : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
 	/**
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ public:
 	 * @param	pList	The owner list view
 	 * @param	ce		The GUI element shown by this item
 	 */
-	ColorListItem(QListView* pList, KScopeConfig::ColorElement ce) : 
-		QListViewItem(pList, Config().getColorName(ce), ""),
+	ColorListItem(TQListView* pList, KScopeConfig::ColorElement ce) : 
+		TQListViewItem(pList, Config().getColorName(ce), ""),
 		m_ce(ce) {
 		setColor(Config().getColor(ce));
 	}
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ public:
 	 * The colour set by this function is returned by getColor().
 	 * @param	clr		The colour to set
 	 */
-	void setColor(QColor clr) {
-		QPixmap pix;
-		QPainter painter;
+	void setColor(TQColor clr) {
+		TQPixmap pix;
+		TQPainter painter;
 		int nWidth, nHeight;
 		
 		// Remember the colour
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	The colour associated with this item
 	 */
-	QColor getColor() { return m_clr; }
+	TQColor getColor() { return m_clr; }
 	
 private:
 	/** The GUI element shown by this item. */
 	KScopeConfig::ColorElement m_ce;
 	
 	/** The colour associated with this item. */
-	QColor m_clr;
+	TQColor m_clr;
 };
 
 /**
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ private:
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-PrefColor::PrefColor(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+PrefColor::PrefColor(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	PrefColorLayout(pParent, szName)
 {
-	m_pList->setColumnWidthMode(1, QListView::Manual);
+	m_pList->setColumnWidthMode(1, TQListView::Manual);
 	
 	// Set initial values
 	load();
@@ -156,14 +156,14 @@ void PrefColor::apply()
  * signals of the list view.
  * @param	pItem	The selected item
  */
-void PrefColor::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void PrefColor::slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	ColorListItem* pClrItem;
-	QColor clr;
+	TQColor clr;
 	
 	pClrItem = (ColorListItem*)pItem;
 	if (KColorDialog::getColor(clr, pClrItem->getColor()) == 
-		QDialog::Accepted) {
+		TQDialog::Accepted) {
 		pClrItem->setColor(clr);
 		emit modified();
 	}
diff --git a/src/prefcolor.h b/src/prefcolor.h
index b26bed2..f191e5d 100644
--- a/src/prefcolor.h
+++ b/src/prefcolor.h
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class PrefColor : public PrefColorLayout
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	PrefColor(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	PrefColor(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~PrefColor();
 
 	void load();
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ signals:
 	void modified();
 
 protected slots:
-	void slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	void slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/prefcolorlayout.ui b/src/prefcolorlayout.ui
index 8e15bda..da999cf 100644
--- a/src/prefcolorlayout.ui
+++ b/src/prefcolorlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>PrefColorLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>PrefColorLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QListView">
+        <widget class="TQListView">
             <column>
                 <property name="text">
                     <string>GUI Element</string>
@@ -51,19 +51,19 @@
 <connections>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pList</sender>
-        <signal>doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>PrefColorLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pList</sender>
-        <signal>returnPressed(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>PrefColorLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
 </connections>
 <slots>
-    <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
 </slots>
 <layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
 </UI>
diff --git a/src/preferencesdlg.cpp b/src/preferencesdlg.cpp
index ab13c33..9540c73 100644
--- a/src/preferencesdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/preferencesdlg.cpp
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <ntqlayout.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kiconloader.h>
 #include <kurlrequester.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
 #include <kcolorbutton.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <kfontrequester.h>
@@ -51,33 +51,33 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-PreferencesDlg::PreferencesDlg(uint nPage, QWidget* pParent, 
+PreferencesDlg::PreferencesDlg(uint nPage, TQWidget* pParent, 
 	const char* szName) :
 	KDialogBase(IconList, i18n("Preferences"), Default | Ok | Apply | Cancel,
 	Ok, pParent, szName, 0)
 {
-	QFrame* pFrame;
-	QVBoxLayout* pLayout;
+	TQFrame* pFrame;
+	TQVBoxLayout* pLayout;
 
 	// Create and add the "Frontend" page
 	pFrame = addPage(i18n("Programmes"),
 		i18n("Paths to back-end programmes"),
 		KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("run", KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
-	pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+	pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
 	m_pPrefFrontend = new PrefFrontend(pFrame);
 	pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefFrontend);
 	
 	// Create and add the "Colours" page
 	pFrame = addPage(i18n("Colours"), i18n("Window colours"),
 		KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("colors", KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
-	pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+	pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
 	m_pPrefColor = new PrefColor(pFrame);
 	pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefColor);
 	
 	// Create and add the "Fonts" page
 	pFrame = addPage(i18n("Fonts"), i18n("Window fonts"),
 		KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("fonts", KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
-	pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+	pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
 	m_pPrefFont = new PrefFont(pFrame);
 	pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefFont);
 	
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ PreferencesDlg::PreferencesDlg(uint nPage, QWidget* pParent,
 	pFrame = addPage(i18n("Options"), i18n("Misc. Options"),
 		KGlobal::iconLoader()->loadIcon("package_settings", 
 		KIcon::Panel, 0, false));
-	pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
+	pLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(pFrame, 0, 0);
 	m_pPrefOpt = new PrefOpt(pFrame);
 	pLayout->addWidget(m_pPrefOpt);
 
diff --git a/src/preferencesdlg.h b/src/preferencesdlg.h
index 51fa2cb..30200d9 100644
--- a/src/preferencesdlg.h
+++ b/src/preferencesdlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef PREFERENCESDLG_H
 #define PREFERENCESDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include <kdialogbase.h>
 
 class PrefFrontend;
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class PreferencesDlg : public KDialogBase
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	PreferencesDlg(uint nPage = Frontend, QWidget* pParent = 0, const char*
+	PreferencesDlg(uint nPage = Frontend, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char*
 		szName = 0);
 	~PreferencesDlg();
 
diff --git a/src/preffont.cpp b/src/preffont.cpp
index 288c699..0613b75 100644
--- a/src/preffont.cpp
+++ b/src/preffont.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpainter.h>
 #include <kfontdialog.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "preffont.h"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  * The font is presented in the form of a sample text drawn using this font.
  * @author	Elad Lahav
  */
-class FontListItem : public QListViewItem
+class FontListItem : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
 	/**
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ public:
 	 * @param	pList	The owner list view
 	 * @param	fe		The GUI element shown by this item
 	 */
-	FontListItem(QListView* pList, KScopeConfig::FontElement fe) : 
-		QListViewItem(pList, Config().getFontName(fe), ""),
+	FontListItem(TQListView* pList, KScopeConfig::FontElement fe) : 
+		TQListViewItem(pList, Config().getFontName(fe), ""),
 		m_fe(fe) {
 		setFont(Config().getFont(fe));
 	}
@@ -64,18 +64,18 @@ public:
 	 * The font set by this function is returned by getFont().
 	 * @param	font	The font to set
 	 */
-	void setFont(QFont font) {
-		QPixmap pix;
-		QFontMetrics fm(font);
-		QPainter painter;
-		QRect rc;
+	void setFont(TQFont font) {
+		TQPixmap pix;
+		TQFontMetrics fm(font);
+		TQPainter painter;
+		TQRect rc;
 		
 		// Remember the font
 		m_font = font;
 		
 		// Set the pixmap's size so it can contain the sample text
 		rc = fm.boundingRect(i18n("Sample"));
-		rc.moveTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0));
+		rc.moveTopLeft(TQPoint(0, 0));
 		pix.resize(rc.width(), rc.height());
 		
 		// Draw on the pixmap
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
 		painter.begin(&pix);
 		painter.setFont(font);
 		painter.setPen(black);
-		painter.drawText(rc, Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter,
+		painter.drawText(rc, TQt::AlignHCenter | TQt::AlignVCenter,
 			i18n("Sample"));
 		painter.end();
 		
@@ -94,14 +94,14 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	The font associated with this item
 	 */
-	QFont getFont() { return m_font; }
+	TQFont getFont() { return m_font; }
 	
 private:
 	/** The GUI element shown by this item. */
 	KScopeConfig::FontElement m_fe;
 	
 	/** The font associated with this item. */
-	QFont m_font;
+	TQFont m_font;
 };
 
 /**
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ private:
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-PrefFont::PrefFont(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+PrefFont::PrefFont(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	PrefFontLayout(pParent, szName)
 {
 	// Set initial values
@@ -158,14 +158,14 @@ void PrefFont::apply()
  * signals of the list view.
  * @param	pItem	The selected item
  */
-void PrefFont::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void PrefFont::slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	FontListItem* pFontItem;
-	QFont font;
+	TQFont font;
 	
 	pFontItem = (FontListItem*)pItem;
 	font = pFontItem->getFont();
-	if (KFontDialog::getFont(font) == QDialog::Accepted) {
+	if (KFontDialog::getFont(font) == TQDialog::Accepted) {
 		pFontItem->setFont(font);
 		emit modified();
 	}
diff --git a/src/preffont.h b/src/preffont.h
index 66fdebc..c84fade 100644
--- a/src/preffont.h
+++ b/src/preffont.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class PrefFont : public PrefFontLayout
   Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	PrefFont(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	PrefFont(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~PrefFont();
 
 	void load();
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ signals:
 	void modified();
 
 protected slots:
-	void slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	void slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/preffontlayout.ui b/src/preffontlayout.ui
index 983da52..138c2a9 100644
--- a/src/preffontlayout.ui
+++ b/src/preffontlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>PrefFontLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>PrefFontLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QListView">
+        <widget class="TQListView">
             <column>
                 <property name="text">
                     <string>GUI Element</string>
@@ -51,19 +51,19 @@
 <connections>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pList</sender>
-        <signal>doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>PrefFontLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
     <connection>
         <sender>m_pList</sender>
-        <signal>returnPressed(QListViewItem*)</signal>
+        <signal>returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)</signal>
         <receiver>PrefFontLayout</receiver>
-        <slot>slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+        <slot>slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
     </connection>
 </connections>
 <slots>
-    <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)</slot>
+    <slot access="protected">slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)</slot>
 </slots>
 <layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
 </UI>
diff --git a/src/preffrontend.cpp b/src/preffrontend.cpp
index 3bedda7..526798f 100644
--- a/src/preffrontend.cpp
+++ b/src/preffrontend.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqtextedit.h>
 #include <kurlrequester.h>
 #include <klineedit.h>
 #include <kstandarddirs.h>
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-PrefFrontend::PrefFrontend(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+PrefFrontend::PrefFrontend(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	PrefFrontendLayout(pParent, szName)
 {
 	// Set initial values
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ PrefFrontend::PrefFrontend(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 		SLOT(slotGuessPaths()));	
 		
 	// Emit the modified() signal when a new path is set
-	connect(m_pCscopeURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+	connect(m_pCscopeURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
-	connect(m_pCtagsURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+	connect(m_pCtagsURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
-	connect(m_pDotURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+	connect(m_pDotURL, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
 }
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void PrefFrontend::apply()
  * edit widgets. By emitting the modified() signal, the widget notifies the
  * parent dialog it should enable the "Apply" button.
  */
-void PrefFrontend::slotChanged(const QString&)
+void PrefFrontend::slotChanged(const TQString&)
 {
 	emit modified();
 }
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ void PrefFrontend::slotGuessPaths()
 	// Show tests and results in the text widget
 	connect(pConf, SIGNAL(test(uint)), this,
 		SLOT(slotAutoConfigTest(uint)));
-	connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const QString&)));
+	connect(pConf, SIGNAL(result(uint, const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const TQString&)));
 	
 	// Run the script
 	pConf->run(m_pCscopeURL->url(), m_pCtagsURL->url(),
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ void PrefFrontend::slotAutoConfigTest(uint nType)
  * @param	nType	The type of test that was executed
  * @param	sResult	The test's result
  */
-void PrefFrontend::slotAutoConfigResult(uint nType, const QString& sResult)
+void PrefFrontend::slotAutoConfigResult(uint nType, const TQString& sResult)
 {
-	QString sLine;
+	TQString sLine;
 	
 	sLine = sResult + "\n";
 		
diff --git a/src/preffrontend.h b/src/preffrontend.h
index fb46242..d0ac278 100644
--- a/src/preffrontend.h
+++ b/src/preffrontend.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef PREFFRONTENDDLG_H
 #define PREFFRONTENDDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include <preffrontendlayout.h>
 
 /**
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class PrefFrontend : public PrefFrontendLayout
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	PrefFrontend(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	PrefFrontend(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~PrefFrontend();
 
 	void load();
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ signals:
 	void modified();
 	
 private slots:
-	void slotChanged(const QString&);
+	void slotChanged(const TQString&);
 	void slotGuessPaths();
 	void slotAutoConfigTest(uint);
-	void slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const QString&);
+	void slotAutoConfigResult(uint, const TQString&);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/preffrontendlayout.ui b/src/preffrontendlayout.ui
index e6b00c9..71afeed 100644
--- a/src/preffrontendlayout.ui
+++ b/src/preffrontendlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>PrefFrontendLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>PrefFrontendLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout20</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout19</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                        <widget class="TQLabel">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
                                 <string>Cscope path:</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                        <widget class="TQLabel">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
                                 <string>Ctags path:</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                        <widget class="TQLabel">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>textLabel1_2</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
                         </widget>
                     </vbox>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout18</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
                 <enum>Horizontal</enum>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout4</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pGuessButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QTextEdit">
+        <widget class="TQTextEdit">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pScriptText</cstring>
             </property>
diff --git a/src/prefopt.cpp b/src/prefopt.cpp
index 7b52d8f..aefb6c8 100644
--- a/src/prefopt.cpp
+++ b/src/prefopt.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqradiobutton.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
 #include "prefopt.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-PrefOpt::PrefOpt(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
+PrefOpt::PrefOpt(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
 	: PrefOptLayout(pParent, szName)
 {
 	// Set initial values
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ PrefOpt::PrefOpt(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName)
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
 	connect(m_pAutoSortCheck, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, 
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
-	connect(m_pExtEditorEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
+	connect(m_pExtEditorEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
 	connect(m_pSysProfileCB, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this,
 		SIGNAL(modified()));
diff --git a/src/prefopt.h b/src/prefopt.h
index 26e2572..09a1e97 100644
--- a/src/prefopt.h
+++ b/src/prefopt.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class PrefOpt : public PrefOptLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	PrefOpt(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	PrefOpt(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~PrefOpt();
 
 	void load();
diff --git a/src/prefoptlayout.ui b/src/prefoptlayout.ui
index cbc8d07..4cf303a 100644
--- a/src/prefoptlayout.ui
+++ b/src/prefoptlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>PrefOptLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>PrefOptLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout7</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pExtEditorLabel</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
                         <string>External Editor</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                <widget class="TQLineEdit">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pExtEditorEdit</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pReadOnlyCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
                 <string>Forces all editor windows to work in a read-only mode, so that the user cannot modify the displayed files.</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pLastProjCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
                 <string>Open Last Project on Start-Up</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pTagHlCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
                 <string>Determines whether the tag list should highlight the relevant tag based on the cursor's position.</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pBriefQueryCaptCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
                 <string>If set, the tab captions for query pages will be shortened, by using aliases for the query types.</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pWarnModifiedOnDiskCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
                 <string>If set, the user is prompted whenever the currently edited file is changed by an external programme.</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pAutoSortCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
                 <string>Sorts files in the project's file list when a project is loaded. This may be too slow for large projects on older machines.</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout2</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
                         <string>System Profile</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QComboBox">
+                <widget class="TQComboBox">
                     <item>
                         <property name="text">
                             <string>Fast</string>
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout3</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
                         <string>Editor Popup Menu</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QComboBox">
+                <widget class="TQComboBox">
                     <item>
                         <property name="text">
                             <string>Embedded</string>
diff --git a/src/progressdlg.cpp b/src/progressdlg.cpp
index 418a3c9..37e0487 100644
--- a/src/progressdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/progressdlg.cpp
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
  * @param	pParent		The parent widget
  * @param	szName		The widget's name
  */
-ProgressDlg::ProgressDlg(const QString& sCaption, const QString& sText,
-	QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ProgressDlg::ProgressDlg(const TQString& sCaption, const TQString& sText,
+	TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	KProgressDialog(pParent, szName, sCaption, sText, true),
 	m_nIdleValue(-1)
 {
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ ProgressDlg::ProgressDlg(const QString& sCaption, const QString& sText,
 	setAllowCancel(false);
 	
 	// Create the idle-progress timer
-	m_pIdleTimer = new QTimer(this);
+	m_pIdleTimer = new TQTimer(this);
 
 	// Display a busy indicator by increasing the value of the idle counter
 	connect (m_pIdleTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotShowBusy()));
diff --git a/src/progressdlg.h b/src/progressdlg.h
index d5f0e6b..3b29df6 100644
--- a/src/progressdlg.h
+++ b/src/progressdlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef PROGRESSDLG_H
 #define PROGRESSDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqtimer.h>
 #include <kprogress.h>
 
 /**
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class ProgressDlg : public KProgressDialog
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	ProgressDlg(const QString&, const QString&, QWidget* pParent = 0, const
+	ProgressDlg(const TQString&, const TQString&, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const
 		char* szName = 0);
 	~ProgressDlg();
 
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public:
 private:
 	/** When the value is 0, this timer initiates value changes that cause
 		the progress-bar to move. */
-	QTimer* m_pIdleTimer;
+	TQTimer* m_pIdleTimer;
 
 	/** A dummy value used to move the progress-bar while the value is 0. */
 	int m_nIdleValue;
diff --git a/src/project.cpp b/src/project.cpp
index 06e1332..9e72648 100644
--- a/src/project.cpp
+++ b/src/project.cpp
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
 
 #define PROJECT_CONFIG_VER 2
 
-inline void flListFromStringList(FileLocationList& fll, const QStringList& sl)
+inline void flListFromStringList(FileLocationList& fll, const TQStringList& sl)
 {
-	QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
-	QString sPath;
+	TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+	TQString sPath;
 	uint nLine, nCol;
 
 	// Transform the string into a list of file locations
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ inline void flListFromStringList(FileLocationList& fll, const QStringList& sl)
 	}
 }
 
-inline void stringListFromFlList(QStringList& sl, const FileLocationList& fll)
+inline void stringListFromFlList(TQStringList& sl, const FileLocationList& fll)
 {
 	FileLocationList* pList;
 	FileLocation* pLoc;
-	QString sLoc;
+	TQString sLoc;
 
 	// Nasty...
 	pList = (FileLocationList*)&fll;
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ inline void stringListFromFlList(QStringList& sl, const FileLocationList& fll)
 	// the configuration file
 	for (pLoc = pList->first(); pLoc != NULL; pLoc = pList->next()) {
 		sLoc = "";
-		QTextOStream(&sLoc) << pLoc->m_sPath << ":" << pLoc->m_nLine << ":" 
+		TQTextOStream(&sLoc) << pLoc->m_sPath << ":" << pLoc->m_nLine << ":" 
 				<< pLoc->m_nCol;
 		sl.append(sLoc);
 	}
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ Project::~Project()
 
 /**
  */
-bool Project::open(const QString& sPath)
+bool Project::open(const TQString& sPath)
 {
-	QString sConfFile;
+	TQString sConfFile;
 	Options opt;
 	
 	// Associate the object with the project directory
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ bool Project::open(const QString& sPath)
 	// Get the project name
 	m_pConf->setGroup("Project");
 	m_sName = m_pConf->readEntry("Name");
-	if (m_sName == QString::null) {
+	if (m_sName == TQString::null) {
 		KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("Cannot read project name"));
 		return false;
 	}
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ void Project::close()
  * Returns a semi-colon separated list of the file types included in the
  * current project.
  */
-QString Project::getFileTypes() const
+TQString Project::getFileTypes() const
 {
-	QString sTypes;
+	TQString sTypes;
 
 	m_pConf->setGroup("Project");
 	return m_pConf->readEntry("FileTypes");
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ void Project::setOptions(const Options& opt)
  */
 void Project::loadSession(Session& sess)
 {
-	QStringList slEntry;
+	TQStringList slEntry;
 	
 	m_pConf->setGroup("Session");
 	
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void Project::loadSession(Session& sess)
  */
 void Project::storeSession(const Session& sess)
 {
-	QStringList slEntry;
+	TQStringList slEntry;
 	
 	m_pConf->setGroup("Session");
 	
@@ -271,15 +271,15 @@ void Project::storeSession(const Session& sess)
  */
 bool Project::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
 {
-	QString sFilePath;
+	TQString sFilePath;
 	
 	// Open the 'cscope.files' file
 	if (!m_fiFileList.open(IO_ReadOnly))
 		return false;
 
 	// Read all file names from the file
-	QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
-	while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != QString::null) {
+	TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+	while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != TQString::null) {
 		// Skip option lines
 		if (sFilePath.at(0) == '-')
 			continue;
@@ -299,13 +299,13 @@ bool Project::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
  */
 bool Project::storeFileList(FileListSource* pList)
 {
-	QString sFilePath;
+	TQString sFilePath;
 	
 	// Open the 'cscope.files' file
 	if (!m_fiFileList.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Truncate))
 		return false;
 
-	QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+	TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
 
 	// Write all file names
 	if (pList->firstItem(sFilePath)) {
@@ -323,14 +323,14 @@ bool Project::storeFileList(FileListSource* pList)
  * @param	sPath	The path of the file to add
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool Project::addFile(const QString& sPath)
+bool Project::addFile(const TQString& sPath)
 {
 	// Open the 'cscope.files' file
 	if (!m_fiFileList.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Append))
 		return false;
 	
 	// Write the file path
-	QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+	TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
 	str << sPath << "\n";
 
 	m_fiFileList.close();
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ bool Project::addFile(const QString& sPath)
  */
 bool Project::isEmpty()
 {
-	QString sPath, sFileName;
+	TQString sPath, sFileName;
 	bool bResult = true;
 	
 	// Open the 'cscope.files' file
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ bool Project::isEmpty()
 		return true;
 
 	// Find at least one file name entry in the file
-	QTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
-	while ((sPath = str.readLine()) != QString::null) {
+	TQTextStream str(&m_fiFileList);
+	while ((sPath = str.readLine()) != TQString::null) {
 		if (sPath.at(0) != '-') {
 			bResult = false;
 			break;
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ bool Project::isEmpty()
  * Copies the list of previously queried symbols to the target object.
  * @param	slSymHistory	The list object to copy into
  */
-void Project::getSymHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory) const
+void Project::getSymHistory(TQStringList& slSymHistory) const
 {
 	slSymHistory = m_slSymHistory;
 }
@@ -380,12 +380,12 @@ void Project::getSymHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory) const
  * Copies the list of previously queried symbols from the target object.
  * @param	slSymHistory	The list object to copy from
  */
-void Project::setSymHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory)
+void Project::setSymHistory(TQStringList& slSymHistory)
 {
 	m_slSymHistory = slSymHistory;
 }
 
-void Project::getMakeParams(QString& sCmd, QString& sDir) const
+void Project::getMakeParams(TQString& sCmd, TQString& sDir) const
 {
 	sCmd = m_sMakeCmd;
 	sDir = m_sMakeRoot;
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ void Project::getMakeParams(QString& sCmd, QString& sDir) const
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the project's directory
  * @param	opt		Project options
  */
-bool Project::create(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
+bool Project::create(const TQString& sName, const TQString& sPath,
 	const Options& opt)
 {
 	// Prepare the project's files
diff --git a/src/project.h b/src/project.h
index a2679b2..5569490 100644
--- a/src/project.h
+++ b/src/project.h
@@ -41,29 +41,29 @@ public:
 	
 	struct Session {
 		FileLocationList fllOpenFiles;
-		QString sLastFile;
-		QStringList slQueryFiles;
-		QStringList slCallTreeFiles;
+		TQString sLastFile;
+		TQStringList slQueryFiles;
+		TQStringList slCallTreeFiles;
 		FileLocationList fllBookmarks;
-		QString sMakeCmd;
-		QString sMakeRoot;
+		TQString sMakeCmd;
+		TQString sMakeRoot;
 	};
 	
-	virtual bool open(const QString&);
+	virtual bool open(const TQString&);
 	virtual bool loadFileList(FileListTarget*);
 	virtual bool storeFileList(FileListSource*);
-	virtual bool addFile(const QString&);
+	virtual bool addFile(const TQString&);
 	virtual bool isEmpty();
 	virtual void close();
 	
-	virtual QString getFileTypes() const;
+	virtual TQString getFileTypes() const;
 	virtual void getOptions(Options&) const;
 	virtual void setOptions(const Options&);
 	virtual void loadSession(Session&);
 	virtual void storeSession(const Session&);
-	virtual void getSymHistory(QStringList&) const;
-	virtual void setSymHistory(QStringList&);
-	virtual void getMakeParams(QString&, QString&) const;
+	virtual void getSymHistory(TQStringList&) const;
+	virtual void setSymHistory(TQStringList&);
+	virtual void getMakeParams(TQString&, TQString&) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Determines whether a project is based on a Cscope.out file, and is
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
 	 */
 	virtual bool isTemporary() { return false; }
 	
-	static bool create(const QString&, const QString&, const Options&);
+	static bool create(const TQString&, const TQString&, const Options&);
 	
 private:
 	/** The configuration file ("cscope.proj") */
@@ -80,11 +80,11 @@ private:
 
 	/** The file that holds the paths of all source files in this project
 	("cscope.files") */
-	QFile m_fiFileList;
+	TQFile m_fiFileList;
 	
-	QString m_sMakeCmd;
+	TQString m_sMakeCmd;
 	
-	QString m_sMakeRoot;
+	TQString m_sMakeRoot;
 	
 	static void writeOptions(KConfig*, const Options&);
 };
diff --git a/src/projectbase.cpp b/src/projectbase.cpp
index f99c045..603ba44 100644
--- a/src/projectbase.cpp
+++ b/src/projectbase.cpp
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ ProjectBase::~ProjectBase()
 {
 }
 
-bool ProjectBase::open(const QString& sPath)
+bool ProjectBase::open(const TQString& sPath)
 {
-	QFileInfo fi(sPath);
+	TQFileInfo fi(sPath);
 		
 	// Make sure the file exists, and that is is a cross-reference file
 	if (!fi.exists() || !isCscopeOut(fi.absFilePath()))
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void ProjectBase::getOptions(Options& opt) const
 	getDefOptions(opt);
 }
 
-void ProjectBase::getMakeParams(QString& sCmd, QString& sDir) const
+void ProjectBase::getMakeParams(TQString& sCmd, TQString& sDir) const
 {
 	sCmd = "make";
 	sDir = getSourceRoot();
@@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ void ProjectBase::initOptions()
  * @param	sPath	The full path of the file to check
  * @return	true if the given file is a cscope.out file, false otherwise
  */
-bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const QString& sPath)
+bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const TQString& sPath)
 {
-	QFile file(sPath);
-	QString sLine;
+	TQFile file(sPath);
+	TQString sLine;
 	int nVer;
 	char szDir[PATH_MAX];
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const QString& sPath)
 		return false;
 		
 	// Check if the first line matches the expected format
-	sLine = QTextStream(&file).readLine();
+	sLine = TQTextStream(&file).readLine();
 	return sscanf(sLine.latin1(), "cscope %d %s", &nVer, szDir) == 2;
 }
 
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ bool ProjectBase::isCscopeOut(const QString& sPath)
  */
 bool ProjectBase::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
 {
-	QString sFilePath;
-	QFile file;
+	TQString sFilePath;
+	TQFile file;
 	
 	// Make sure the file exists
 	if (!m_dir.exists("cscope.files"))
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ bool ProjectBase::loadFileList(FileListTarget* pList)
 		return false;
 
 	// Read all file names from the file
-	QTextStream str(&file);
-	while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != QString::null) {
+	TQTextStream str(&file);
+	while ((sFilePath = str.readLine()) != TQString::null) {
 		// Skip option lines
 		if (sFilePath.at(0) == '-')
 			continue;
diff --git a/src/projectbase.h b/src/projectbase.h
index 4170652..eb0356d 100644
--- a/src/projectbase.h
+++ b/src/projectbase.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef PROJECTBASE_H
 #define PROJECTBASE_H
 
-#include <qstringlist.h>
-#include <qdir.h>
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <ntqdir.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
 #include <kconfig.h>
 
 #define DEF_IS_KERNEL		false
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
 	 * Appends a file to the list.
 	 * @param	sFilePath	The full path of the file to add
 	 */
-	virtual void addItem(const QString& sFilePath) = 0;
+	virtual void addItem(const TQString& sFilePath) = 0;
 };
 
 /**
@@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ public:
 	 * @param	sFilePath	Holds the path of the first file, upon return
 	 * @return	true if there are more files, false otherwise
 	 */
-	virtual bool firstItem(QString& sFilePath) = 0;
+	virtual bool firstItem(TQString& sFilePath) = 0;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the next file in the list.
 	 * @param	sFilePath	Holds the path of the file, upon return
 	 * @return	true if there are more files, false otherwise
 	 */
-	virtual bool nextItem(QString& sFilePath) = 0;
+	virtual bool nextItem(TQString& sFilePath) = 0;
 };
 
 /**
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ struct FileLocation
 	 * @param	nLine	The line position of the cursor
 	 * @param	nCol	The column position of the cursor
 	 */
-	FileLocation(QString sPath, uint nLine, uint nCol) : m_sPath(sPath),
+	FileLocation(TQString sPath, uint nLine, uint nCol) : m_sPath(sPath),
 		m_nLine(nLine), m_nCol(nCol) {}
 		
 	/** The full path of the file. */
-	QString m_sPath;
+	TQString m_sPath;
 	
 	/** The line position of the cursor. */
 	uint m_nLine;
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ struct FileLocation
 /**
  * A list of file locations used for restoring a session.
  */
-typedef QPtrList<FileLocation> FileLocationList;
+typedef TQPtrList<FileLocation> FileLocationList;
 
 class FileSemaphore;
 
@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ public:
 	 * Configurable project options.
 	 */
 	struct Options {
-		QString sSrcRootPath;
+		TQString sSrcRootPath;
 		
 		/** A list of MIME-types that determines which files are included in
 			the project. */
-		QStringList slFileTypes;
+		TQStringList slFileTypes;
 		
 		/** true if the -k option for CScope should be used. */
 		bool bKernel;
@@ -201,22 +201,22 @@ public:
 		uint nTabWidth;
 		
 		/** Ctags command line. */
-		QString sCtagsCmd;
+		TQString sCtagsCmd;
 	};
 	
-	virtual bool open(const QString&);
+	virtual bool open(const TQString&);
 	virtual bool loadFileList(FileListTarget*);
 	virtual bool storeFileList(FileListSource*) { return false; }
 	virtual bool isEmpty() { return false; }
 	bool dbExists();
 	virtual void close() {}
 	
-	virtual QString getFileTypes() const { return QString::null; }
+	virtual TQString getFileTypes() const { return TQString::null; }
 	virtual void getOptions(Options&) const;
 	virtual void setOptions(const Options&) {}
-	virtual void getSymHistory(QStringList&) const {}
-	virtual void setSymHistory(QStringList&) {}
-	virtual void getMakeParams(QString&, QString&) const;
+	virtual void getSymHistory(TQStringList&) const {}
+	virtual void setSymHistory(TQStringList&) {}
+	virtual void getMakeParams(TQString&, TQString&) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Determines whether a project is based on a Cscope.out file, and is
@@ -228,12 +228,12 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * @return	The name of the current project
 	 */
-	QString getName() const { return m_sName; }
+	TQString getName() const { return m_sName; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	The full path of the project's directory
 	 */
-	QString getPath() const { return m_dir.absPath(); }
+	TQString getPath() const { return m_dir.absPath(); }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	Command-line arguments to pass to a Cscope object, based on
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
 	 */
 	uint getArgs() const { return m_nArgs; }
 	
-	const QString& getSourceRoot() const { return m_opt.sSrcRootPath; }
+	const TQString& getSourceRoot() const { return m_opt.sSrcRootPath; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	The time, in seconds, to wait before rebuilding the
@@ -258,10 +258,10 @@ public:
 	
 protected:
 	/** The name of the project, as written in the configuration file */
-	QString m_sName;
+	TQString m_sName;
 
 	/** The directory associated with the project */
-	QDir m_dir;
+	TQDir m_dir;
 	
 	/** A cached version of the project's options. */
 	Options m_opt;
@@ -271,11 +271,11 @@ protected:
 	uint m_nArgs;
 	
 	/** A list of symbols previously queried. */
-	QStringList m_slSymHistory;
+	TQStringList m_slSymHistory;
 	
 	void initOptions();
 	
-	static bool isCscopeOut(const QString&);
+	static bool isCscopeOut(const TQString&);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp b/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp
index de84417..badcdd1 100644
--- a/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/projectfilesdlg.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include <kfiledialog.h>
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
  * @param	pParent		The parent widget
  * @param	szName		The widget's name
  */
-ProjectFilesDlg::ProjectFilesDlg(Project* pProj, QWidget* pParent,
+ProjectFilesDlg::ProjectFilesDlg(Project* pProj, TQWidget* pParent,
 	const char* szName) :
 	ProjectFilesLayout(pParent, szName),
 	m_pProj(pProj),
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ ProjectFilesDlg::ProjectFilesDlg(Project* pProj, QWidget* pParent,
 	m_pScanner = new DirScanner(this, &m_dicFiles);
 
 	// Initialise the list view
-	m_pFileList->setSelectionMode(QListView::Extended);
+	m_pFileList->setSelectionMode(TQListView::Extended);
 	m_pFileList->addColumn("File Path");
 	
 	// Sort only when asked to by the user
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ ProjectFilesDlg::~ProjectFilesDlg()
  * and is added to the list.
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of a source file
  */
-void ProjectFilesDlg::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
+void ProjectFilesDlg::addItem(const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
-	pItem = new QListViewItem(m_pFileList, m_pLastItem);
+	pItem = new TQListViewItem(m_pFileList, m_pLastItem);
 	pItem->setText(0, sFilePath);
 	m_pLastItem = pItem;
 	m_dicFiles.insert(sFilePath, pItem);
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::addItem(const QString& sFilePath)
  * @param	sFilePath	Contains the file path, upon successful return
  * @return	bool		true if successful, false if the list is empty
  */
-bool ProjectFilesDlg::firstItem(QString& sFilePath)
+bool ProjectFilesDlg::firstItem(TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	m_pItrItem = m_pFileList->firstChild();
 	return nextItem(sFilePath);
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ bool ProjectFilesDlg::firstItem(QString& sFilePath)
  * @return	bool		true if successful, false if no more items are
  *						available
  */
-bool ProjectFilesDlg::nextItem(QString& sFilePath)
+bool ProjectFilesDlg::nextItem(TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	if (m_pItrItem == NULL)
 		return false;
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ bool ProjectFilesDlg::nextItem(QString& sFilePath)
  * project.
  * @param	pEvent	The event object
  */
-void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(QCustomEvent* pEvent)
+void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(TQCustomEvent* pEvent)
 {
 	DirScanEvent* pDSE;
-	QString sMsg;
+	TQString sMsg;
 
 	// Process only directory scan progress events
 	if (((uint)pEvent->type()) != DirScanEvent::EventId)
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(QCustomEvent* pEvent)
 		return;
 
 	// Add the files to the list
-	const QStringList& slFiles = m_pScanner->getFiles();
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	const TQStringList& slFiles = m_pScanner->getFiles();
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
 
 	for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr)
 		addItem(*itr);
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::customEvent(QCustomEvent* pEvent)
 /**
  * Removes a single item from the file list.
  */
-void ProjectFilesDlg::removeItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void ProjectFilesDlg::removeItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	m_dicFiles.remove(pItem->text(0));
 	delete pItem;
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::removeItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddFiles()
 {
-	QStringList slFiles;
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	TQStringList slFiles;
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
 
 	// Prompt the user
 	slFiles = KFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(m_pProj->getSourceRoot(),
@@ -253,9 +253,9 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddFiles()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddDir()
 {
-	QString sDir;
-	QStringList slFiles;
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	TQString sDir;
+	TQStringList slFiles;
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
 
 	// Prompt the user for a directory
 	sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -275,9 +275,9 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddDir()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddTree()
 {
-	QString sDir;
-	QStringList slFiles;
-	QStringList::const_iterator itr;
+	TQString sDir;
+	TQStringList slFiles;
+	TQStringList::const_iterator itr;
 
 	// Prompt the user for a directory
 	sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotAddTree()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemSel()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
 	
 	// Prompt the user before removing the files
 	if (KMessageBox::questionYesNo(0, i18n("Are you sure you want to remove "
@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemSel()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemDir()
 {
-	QString sDir, sFilePath;
-	QListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
+	TQString sDir, sFilePath;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
 
 	// Prompt the user for a directory
 	sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemDir()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemTree()
 {
-	QString sDir, sFilePath;
-	QListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
+	TQString sDir, sFilePath;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem, * pPrevItem;
 
 	// Prompt the user for a directory
 	sDir = KFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(m_pProj->getSourceRoot());
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotRemTree()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotFilter()
 {
-	QString sFilter;
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQString sFilter;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Get the user's filter string
 	sFilter = m_pFilterEdit->text().stripWhiteSpace();
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotFilter()
 		return;
 
 	// Create the regular expression
-	QRegExp reFilter(sFilter);
+	TQRegExp reFilter(sFilter);
 	reFilter.setWildcard(true);	
 		
 	// Iterate over the list entries, and hide all items not matching the
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ void ProjectFilesDlg::slotFilter()
  */
 void ProjectFilesDlg::slotShowAll()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 
 	// Iterate over the list entries, and make all items visible
 	pItem = m_pFileList->firstChild();
diff --git a/src/projectfilesdlg.h b/src/projectfilesdlg.h
index 9c6d791..abd86ef 100644
--- a/src/projectfilesdlg.h
+++ b/src/projectfilesdlg.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef PROJECTFILESDLG_H
 #define PROJECTFILESDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include <projectfileslayout.h>
-#include <qdict.h>
+#include <ntqdict.h>
 #include "project.h"
 
 class DirScanner;
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class ScanProgressDlg;
  * removed, this list view is updated. The project, however, is only modified
  * if the user closes the dialog using the "OK" button.
  * Since searches through a list view are very slow, the class also maintains
- * a QDict object, that connects file names with their respective list items.
+ * a TQDict object, that connects file names with their respective list items.
  * This dictionary is used to ensure duplicated items are not added to the
  * list.
  * @author Elad Lahav
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@ class ProjectFilesDlg : public ProjectFilesLayout, public FileListTarget,
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	ProjectFilesDlg(Project*, QWidget* pParent = 0,	const char* szName = 0);
+	ProjectFilesDlg(Project*, TQWidget* pParent = 0,	const char* szName = 0);
 	~ProjectFilesDlg();
 
-	virtual void addItem(const QString&);
-	virtual bool firstItem(QString&);
-	virtual bool nextItem(QString&);
+	virtual void addItem(const TQString&);
+	virtual bool firstItem(TQString&);
+	virtual bool nextItem(TQString&);
 
 protected:
-	virtual void customEvent(QCustomEvent*);
+	virtual void customEvent(TQCustomEvent*);
 
 private:
 	/** The project to manipulate. */
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ private:
 
 	/** Holds all file paths in a quickly searchable format (for duplicate
 		entries lookup). */
-	QDict<QListViewItem> m_dicFiles;
+	TQDict<TQListViewItem> m_dicFiles;
 	
 	/** A thread object to a-synchronously scan directories for source files
 		to add to the project. */
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ private:
 	ScanProgressDlg* m_pScanDlg;
 
 	/** A file list item that serves as an iterator. */
-	QListViewItem* m_pItrItem;
+	TQListViewItem* m_pItrItem;
 
 	/** The last item added. */
-	QListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
+	TQListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
 	
-	void removeItem(QListViewItem*);
+	void removeItem(TQListViewItem*);
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotAddFiles();
diff --git a/src/projectfileslayout.ui b/src/projectfileslayout.ui
index a78af7e..21767cc 100644
--- a/src/projectfileslayout.ui
+++ b/src/projectfileslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>ProjectFilesLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>ProjectFilesLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout5</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout4</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                        <widget class="TQLineEdit">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pFilterEdit</cstring>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pFilterButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
                                 <string>Filter</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pShowAllButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@
                         </widget>
                     </hbox>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QListView">
+                <widget class="TQListView">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pFileList</cstring>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
             </vbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout5</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QGroupBox">
+                <widget class="TQGroupBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pAddFilesButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
                                 <string>Files...</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pAddDirButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
                                 <string>Directory...</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pAddTreeButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
                         </widget>
                     </vbox>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QGroupBox">
+                <widget class="TQGroupBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pRemSelButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
                                 <string>Selected</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pRemDirButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
                                 <string>Directory...</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pRemTreeButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QGroupBox">
+                <widget class="TQGroupBox">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>groupBox3</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
                                 <string>OK</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                             </property>
diff --git a/src/projectmanager.cpp b/src/projectmanager.cpp
index 998b4a5..252946d 100644
--- a/src/projectmanager.cpp
+++ b/src/projectmanager.cpp
@@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ ProjectManager::~ProjectManager()
  * @param	opt			A structure containing project options
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool ProjectManager::create(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath, 
-	const ProjectBase::Options& opt, QString& sProjDir)
+bool ProjectManager::create(const TQString& sName, const TQString& sPath, 
+	const ProjectBase::Options& opt, TQString& sProjDir)
 {
-	QDir dir(sPath);
-	QString sParentPath;
-	QString sDirName = sName;
-	QString sMsg;
+	TQDir dir(sPath);
+	TQString sParentPath;
+	TQString sDirName = sName;
+	TQString sMsg;
 	
 	// Handle requests for a hidden .cscope directory
 	if (dir.dirName() == ".cscope") {
-		sParentPath = QDir::cleanDirPath(dir.absPath());
+		sParentPath = TQDir::cleanDirPath(dir.absPath());
 		sParentPath = sParentPath.section('/', 0, -2);
 		dir.cd(sParentPath);
 		sDirName = ".cscope";
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ bool ProjectManager::create(const QString& sName, const QString& sPath,
  * @param	sPath	The directory containing the project's files
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool ProjectManager::open(const QString& sPath)
+bool ProjectManager::open(const TQString& sPath)
 {
 	Project* pProj;
 	
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ bool ProjectManager::open(const QString& sPath)
  * @param	sFilePath	The full path of the Cscope.out file
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool ProjectManager::openCscopeOut(const QString& sFilePath)
+bool ProjectManager::openCscopeOut(const TQString& sFilePath)
 {
 	ProjectBase* pProj;
 	
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void ProjectManager::close()
 	}
 }
 
-QString ProjectManager::getProjName() const
+TQString ProjectManager::getProjName() const
 {
 	if (!m_pCurProj)
 		return i18n("No Project");
diff --git a/src/projectmanager.h b/src/projectmanager.h
index c78a2c9..d45dd7d 100644
--- a/src/projectmanager.h
+++ b/src/projectmanager.h
@@ -33,18 +33,18 @@
 /**
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class ProjectManager : public QObject
+class ProjectManager : public TQObject
 {
 public: 
 	ProjectManager();
 	virtual ~ProjectManager();
 	
-	bool create(const QString&, const QString&, const ProjectBase::Options&,
-		QString&);
-	bool open(const QString&);
-	bool openCscopeOut(const QString&);
+	bool create(const TQString&, const TQString&, const ProjectBase::Options&,
+		TQString&);
+	bool open(const TQString&);
+	bool openCscopeOut(const TQString&);
 	void close();
-	QString getProjName() const;
+	TQString getProjName() const;
 	
 	ProjectBase* curProject() const { return m_pCurProj; }
 	
diff --git a/src/querypage.cpp b/src/querypage.cpp
index 502747b..c5e9b9a 100644
--- a/src/querypage.cpp
+++ b/src/querypage.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "querypage.h"
 #include "queryview.h"
@@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ const char* QUERY_TYPES[][2] = {
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-QueryPage::QueryPage(QWidget* pParent, const char * szName) :
+QueryPage::QueryPage(TQWidget* pParent, const char * szName) :
 	QueryPageBase(pParent, szName),
 	m_nType(CscopeFrontend::None)
 {
 	m_pView = new QueryView(this);
 	m_pDriver = new QueryViewDriver(m_pView, this);
 	
-	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 	
 	// Set colours and font
 	applyPrefs();
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ QueryPage::~QueryPage()
  * @param	sText	The text of the query
  * @param	bCase		true for case-sensitive queries, false otherwise
  */
-void QueryPage::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase)
+void QueryPage::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase)
 {
 	m_nType = nType;
 	m_sText = sText;
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ void QueryPage::clear()
 {
 	m_pView->clear();
 	m_nType = CscopeFrontend::None;
-	m_sText = QString();
-	m_sName = QString();
+	m_sText = TQString();
+	m_sName = TQString();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ bool QueryPage::isRunning()
  *					(default) for the full version
  * @return	The caption for this page
  */
-QString QueryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
+TQString QueryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
 {
-	return QString(QUERY_TYPES[m_nType][bBrief ? 1 : 0] + m_sText);
+	return TQString(QUERY_TYPES[m_nType][bBrief ? 1 : 0] + m_sText);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -133,10 +133,10 @@ QString QueryPage::getCaption(bool bBrief) const
  * @param	sLine	The line number
  * @param	sText	The contents of the line
  */
-void QueryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, const QString& sFunc,
-	const QString& sLine, const QString& sText)
+void QueryPage::addRecord(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sFunc,
+	const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText)
 {
-	new QListViewItem(m_pView, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText);
+	new TQListViewItem(m_pView, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -144,9 +144,9 @@ void QueryPage::addRecord(const QString& sFile, const QString& sFunc,
  * @param	sProjPath	The full path of the project directory
  * @return	The unique file name to use
  */
-QString QueryPage::getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const
+TQString QueryPage::getFileName(const TQString& sProjPath) const
 {
-	QString sFileName, sFileNameBase;
+	TQString sFileName, sFileNameBase;
 	int i = 0;
 	
 	// Do nothing if not initialised
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ QString QueryPage::getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const
 	sFileNameBase = m_sName;
 	sFileNameBase.replace(' ', '_');
 	do {
-		sFileName = sFileNameBase + QString::number(++i);
-	} while (QFile(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName).exists());
+		sFileName = sFileNameBase + TQString::number(++i);
+	} while (TQFile(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName).exists());
 	
 	return sFileName;
 }
@@ -169,18 +169,18 @@ QString QueryPage::getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const
  * @param	str	A text stream set to the correct place in the file
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool QueryPage::readHeader(QTextStream& str)
+bool QueryPage::readHeader(TQTextStream& str)
 {
-	QString sTemp;
+	TQString sTemp;
 	
 	// Read the query name
 	m_sName = str.readLine();
-	if (m_sName == QString::null || m_sName.isEmpty())
+	if (m_sName == TQString::null || m_sName.isEmpty())
 		return false;
 		
 	// Read the query's type
 	sTemp = str.readLine();
-	if (sTemp == QString::null || sTemp.isEmpty())
+	if (sTemp == TQString::null || sTemp.isEmpty())
 		return false;
 	
 	// Convert the type string to an integer
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ bool QueryPage::readHeader(QTextStream& str)
 				
 	// Read the query's text
 	m_sText = str.readLine();
-	if (m_sText == QString::null || m_sText.isEmpty())
+	if (m_sText == TQString::null || m_sText.isEmpty())
 		return false;
 
 	return true;
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ bool QueryPage::readHeader(QTextStream& str)
  * This mehtod is used as part of the storing process.
  * @param	str	A text stream set to the correct place in the file
  */
-void QueryPage::writeHeader(QTextStream& str)
+void QueryPage::writeHeader(TQTextStream& str)
 {
 	str << m_sName << "\n" << m_nType << "\n" << m_sText << "\n";
 }
diff --git a/src/querypage.h b/src/querypage.h
index 59d6ea2..a1a78e0 100644
--- a/src/querypage.h
+++ b/src/querypage.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef QUERYPAGE_H
 #define QUERYPAGE_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 #include "querypagebase.h"
 #include "cscopefrontend.h"
 
@@ -47,36 +47,36 @@ class QueryPage : public QueryPageBase
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	QueryPage(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	QueryPage(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~QueryPage();
 	
-	void query(uint, const QString&, bool);
+	void query(uint, const TQString&, bool);
 	void refresh();
 	void clear();
 	bool isRunning();
 	
-	virtual QString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
+	virtual TQString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const;
 
 protected:
-	virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
-		const QString&);
-	virtual QString getFileName(const QString&) const;
-	virtual bool readHeader(QTextStream&);
-	virtual void writeHeader(QTextStream&);
+	virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+		const TQString&);
+	virtual TQString getFileName(const TQString&) const;
+	virtual bool readHeader(TQTextStream&);
+	virtual void writeHeader(TQTextStream&);
 
 private:
 	/** The type of query whose results are listed on this page. */
 	uint m_nType;
 	
 	/** The text given as a parameter to the query. */
-	QString m_sText;
+	TQString m_sText;
 	
 	/** Whether the query is case-sensitive. */
 	bool m_bCase;
 	
 	/** A formatted caption for this query, including the type of query and
 		its text. */
-	QString m_sName;
+	TQString m_sName;
 	
 private:
 	/** Runs Cscope queries whose results are displayed in this page. */
diff --git a/src/querypagebase.cpp b/src/querypagebase.cpp
index 08cbe6d..8af1872 100644
--- a/src/querypagebase.cpp
+++ b/src/querypagebase.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qfile.h>
+#include <ntqfile.h>
 #include "querypagebase.h"
 #include "queryview.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-QueryPageBase::QueryPageBase(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
-	QHBox(pParent, szName),
+QueryPageBase::QueryPageBase(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+	TQHBox(pParent, szName),
 	m_bLocked(false)
 {
 }
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@ void QueryPageBase::applyPrefs()
  * @param	sFileName	The name of the query file to load
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool QueryPageBase::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
+bool QueryPageBase::load(const TQString& sProjPath, const TQString& sFileName)
 {
-	QString sTemp, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
+	TQString sTemp, sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
 	int nState;
 	
 	// Try to open the query file for reading
-	QFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
+	TQFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
 	if (!file.open(IO_ReadOnly))
 		return false;
 	
 	{
-		// Use a new scope for the QTextStream object, to ensure its 
+		// Use a new scope for the TQTextStream object, to ensure its 
 		// destruction before the file is deleted
-		QTextStream str(&file);
+		TQTextStream str(&file);
 		
 		// Make sure the file's version is correct
 		sTemp = str.readLine();
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ bool QueryPageBase::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
 		// Read query records
 		sTemp = str.readLine();
 		nState = 0;
-		while (sTemp != QString::null) {
+		while (sTemp != TQString::null) {
 			switch (nState) {
 			// File path
 			case 0:
@@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ bool QueryPageBase::load(const QString& sProjPath, const QString& sFileName)
  *						return
  * @return	true if successful, false otherwise
  */
-bool QueryPageBase::save(const QString& sProjPath, QString& sFileName)
+bool QueryPageBase::save(const TQString& sProjPath, TQString& sFileName)
 {
-	QListViewItemIterator itr(m_pView);
+	TQListViewItemIterator itr(m_pView);
 
 	// Get the file name to use
 	sFileName = getFileName(sProjPath);
@@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ bool QueryPageBase::save(const QString& sProjPath, QString& sFileName)
 		return false;
 		
 	// Open the query file for writing
-	QFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
+	TQFile file(sProjPath + "/" + sFileName);
 	if (!file.open(IO_WriteOnly))
 		return false;
 	
-	QTextStream str(&file);
+	TQTextStream str(&file);
 	
 	// Write the version string
 	str << FILE_VERSION << "\n";
diff --git a/src/querypagebase.h b/src/querypagebase.h
index 8603874..1fe086c 100644
--- a/src/querypagebase.h
+++ b/src/querypagebase.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef QUERYPAGEBASE_H
 #define QUERYPAGEBASE_H
 
-#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <ntqhbox.h>
 
 class QueryView;
 
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ class QueryView;
  * of widget is defined by the different page classes.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class QueryPageBase : public QHBox
+class QueryPageBase : public TQHBox
 {
 Q_OBJECT
 public:
-    QueryPageBase(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+    QueryPageBase(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
     ~QueryPageBase();
 
 	void applyPrefs();
-	bool load(const QString&, const QString&);
-	bool save(const QString&, QString&);
+	bool load(const TQString&, const TQString&);
+	bool save(const TQString&, TQString&);
 	void selectNext();
 	void selectPrev();
 	
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public:
 	 * @param	bBrief	true to generate a brief caption, false otherwise
 	 * @return	The page's title
 	 */
-	virtual QString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const = 0;
+	virtual TQString getCaption(bool bBrief = false) const = 0;
 	
 signals:
 	/**
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sFile	The "File" field of the selected record
 	 * @param	nLine	The "Line" field of the selected record
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sFile, uint nLine);
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine);
 
 protected:
 	/** The embedded list. */
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ protected:
 	 * @param	sLine	The "Line" field of the record
 	 * @param	sText	The "Text" field of the record
 	 */
-	virtual void addRecord(const QString& sFile, const QString& sFunc, 
-		const QString& sLine, const QString& sText) = 0;
+	virtual void addRecord(const TQString& sFile, const TQString& sFunc, 
+		const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText) = 0;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Creates a file path to store this page.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected:
 	 * @param	sProjPath	The project's directory
 	 * @return	The page's file path
 	 */
-	virtual QString getFileName(const QString& sProjPath) const = 0;
+	virtual TQString getFileName(const TQString& sProjPath) const = 0;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Tries to read the file header of a stored page.
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ protected:
 	 * @return	true if the header was read successfully and contains the
 	 *			expected information, false otherwise
 	 */
-	virtual bool readHeader(QTextStream& str) = 0;
+	virtual bool readHeader(TQTextStream& str) = 0;
 	
 	/**
 	 * Writes a header to a page's file.
 	 * The contents of the header differ among inheriting classes.
 	 * @param	str	A text stream initialised to the open page file
 	 */
-	virtual void writeHeader(QTextStream& str) = 0;
+	virtual void writeHeader(TQTextStream& str) = 0;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp b/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp
index 74bcdb4..0883ff6 100644
--- a/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/queryresultsmenu.cpp
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
  * @param	pParent	Parent widget
  * @param	szName	Optional object name
  */
-QueryResultsMenu::QueryResultsMenu(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
-	QPopupMenu(pParent, szName),
+QueryResultsMenu::QueryResultsMenu(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+	TQPopupMenu(pParent, szName),
 	m_pItem(NULL)
 {
 	// Create the menu
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ QueryResultsMenu::~QueryResultsMenu()
  * @param	nCol	The column over which the menu was requested, -1 if no
  *					column is associated with the request
  */
-void QueryResultsMenu::slotShow(QListViewItem* pItem, const QPoint& ptPos, 
+void QueryResultsMenu::slotShow(TQListViewItem* pItem, const TQPoint& ptPos, 
 	int nCol)
 {
 	// Save the requested item and column number to use in signals
diff --git a/src/queryresultsmenu.h b/src/queryresultsmenu.h
index 099dd2e..8a34af5 100644
--- a/src/queryresultsmenu.h
+++ b/src/queryresultsmenu.h
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
 #ifndef QUERYRESULTSMENU_H
 #define QUERYRESULTSMENU_H
 
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 
 /**
  * Provides a popup-menu for list views containing query results.
@@ -41,36 +41,36 @@
  * constructing the object.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class QueryResultsMenu : public QPopupMenu
+class QueryResultsMenu : public TQPopupMenu
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public:
-    QueryResultsMenu(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+    QueryResultsMenu(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
     ~QueryResultsMenu();
 	
 public slots:		
-	void slotShow(QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int nCol);
+	void slotShow(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int nCol);
 	
 signals:
 	/** 
 	 * Indicates that the "View Source" menu item was selected. 
 	 * @param	pItem	The item for which the menu was displayed
 	 */
-	void viewSource(QListViewItem* pItem);
+	void viewSource(TQListViewItem* pItem);
 	 
 	/**
 	 * Indicates that the "Find Definition" menu item was selected.
 	 * @param	sFunc	The function to look for
 	 */
-	void findDef(const QString& sFunc);
+	void findDef(const TQString& sFunc);
 	
 	/** 
 	 * Indicates that the "Copy [Column]" menu item was selected. 
 	 * @param	pItem	The item for which the menu was displayed
 	 * @param	nCol	The requested column
 	 */
-	void copy(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol);
+	void copy(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Indicates that the "Filter..." menu item was selected.
@@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ signals:
 	 * Indicates that the "Remove Item" menu item was selected. 
 	 * @param	pItem	The item for which the menu was displayed
 	 */
-	void remove(QListViewItem* pItem);
+	void remove(TQListViewItem* pItem);
 	
 private:
 	/** Menu item IDs. */
 	enum { ViewSource, FindDef, Copy, Filter, ShowAll, Remove };
 		
 	/** The item for which the popup menu is provided (cannot be NULL). */
-	QListViewItem* m_pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* m_pItem;
 	
 	/** The list column for which the query was invoked. */
 	int m_nCol;
diff --git a/src/queryview.cpp b/src/queryview.cpp
index c56a2b0..f791b5d 100644
--- a/src/queryview.cpp
+++ b/src/queryview.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qapplication.h>
-#include <qclipboard.h>
+#include <ntqapplication.h>
+#include <ntqclipboard.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "queryview.h"
 #include "queryresultsmenu.h"
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The name of the widget
  */
-QueryView::QueryView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
-	QListView(pParent, szName),
+QueryView::QueryView(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+	TQListView(pParent, szName),
 	m_pLastItem(NULL)
 {
 	// Create the popup-menu
@@ -52,34 +52,34 @@ QueryView::QueryView(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	addColumn(i18n("File"));
 	addColumn(i18n("Line"));
 	addColumn(i18n("Text"));
-	setColumnAlignment(2, Qt::AlignRight);
+	setColumnAlignment(2, TQt::AlignRight);
 
 	setShowSortIndicator(true);
 	
 	// A record is selected if it is either double-clicked, or the ENTER
 	// key is pressed while the record is highlighted
-	connect(this, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), this, 
-		SLOT(slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*)));
-	connect(this, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListViewItem*)), this, 
-		SLOT(slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), this, 
+		SLOT(slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), this, 
+		SLOT(slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
 		
 	// Show the popup-menu when requested
 	connect(this, 
-		SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)),
-		m_pQueryMenu, SLOT(slotShow(QListViewItem*, const QPoint&, int)));
+		SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int)),
+		m_pQueryMenu, SLOT(slotShow(TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint&, int)));
 		
 	// Handle popup-menu commands
-	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(viewSource(QListViewItem*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*)));
-	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(findDef(const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotFindDef(const QString&)));
-	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(copy(QListViewItem*, int)), this,
-		SLOT(slotCopy(QListViewItem*, int)));
+	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(viewSource(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(findDef(const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotFindDef(const TQString&)));
+	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(copy(TQListViewItem*, int)), this,
+		SLOT(slotCopy(TQListViewItem*, int)));
 	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(filter(int)), this, SLOT(slotFilter(int)));
 	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(showAll()), this, 
 		SLOT(slotShowAll()));
-	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(remove(QListViewItem*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pQueryMenu, SIGNAL(remove(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem*)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ QueryView::~QueryView()
  * @param	sText	The line's text
  * @param	pParent	The parent item (ignored)
  */
-void QueryView::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
-	const QString& sLine, const QString& sText, QListViewItem* /* pParent */)
+void QueryView::addRecord(const TQString& sFunc, const TQString& sFile,
+	const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText, TQListViewItem* /* pParent */)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	pItem = new QueryViewItem(this, m_pLastItem, 2);
 	pItem->setText(0, sFunc);
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ void QueryView::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
  * selectNext() for example). It has nothing to do with user selection.
  * @param	pItem	The list item to select
  */
-void QueryView::select(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryView::select(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	ensureItemVisible(pItem);
 	setSelected(pItem, true);
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ void QueryView::select(QListViewItem* pItem)
  */
 void QueryView::selectNext()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Do nothing if the list is empty
 	if (firstChild() == NULL)
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void QueryView::selectNext()
  */
 void QueryView::selectPrev()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Do nothing if the list is empty
 	if (firstChild() == NULL)
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ void QueryView::queryProgress()
  * Called when a query using this view terminates.
  * @param	nRecords	Number of records generated by the query
  */
-void QueryView::queryFinished(uint nRecords, QListViewItem*)
+void QueryView::queryFinished(uint nRecords, TQListViewItem*)
 {
 	// Auto-select a single record (no need to emit the show() signal in
 	// that case)
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ void QueryView::queryFinished(uint nRecords, QListViewItem*)
  */
 QueryView::Iterator QueryView::getIterator()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	for (pItem = firstChild(); pItem != NULL && !pItem->isVisible(); 
 		pItem = pItem->nextSibling());
@@ -235,14 +235,14 @@ QueryView::Iterator QueryView::getIterator()
 
 /**
  * Handles double-click events over the view.
- * NOTE: We override this method since the QListView implementation opens
+ * NOTE: We override this method since the TQListView implementation opens
  * expandable items. This is undesired for tree-like query views (such as the
  * call tree.
  * @param	pEvent	Event description object
  */
-void QueryView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
+void QueryView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(TQMouseEvent* pEvent)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Handle only left button double-clicks
 	if (pEvent == NULL || pEvent->button() != LeftButton)
@@ -263,9 +263,9 @@ void QueryView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* pEvent)
  * signals of the list view.
  * @param	pItem	The selected item
  */
-void QueryView::slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryView::slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
-	QString sFileName, sLine;
+	TQString sFileName, sLine;
 
 	// Get the file name and line number
 	sFileName = pItem->text(1);
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void QueryView::slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
  * This slot is connected to the findDef() signal emitted by the results menu.
  * @param	sFunc	The function to look for
  */
-void QueryView::slotFindDef(const QString& sFunc)
+void QueryView::slotFindDef(const TQString& sFunc)
 {
 	QueryViewDlg* pDlg;
 	
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ void QueryView::slotFindDef(const QString& sFunc)
 	pDlg = new QueryViewDlg(QueryViewDlg::DestroyOnSelect, this);
 	
 	// Display a line when it is selected in the dialogue
-	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(pDlg, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 	// Start the query
 	pDlg->query(CscopeFrontend::Definition, sFunc);
@@ -303,10 +303,10 @@ void QueryView::slotFindDef(const QString& sFunc)
  * @param	pItem	The item from which to copy
  * @param	nCol	The index of the item field to copy
  */
-void QueryView::slotCopy(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol)
+void QueryView::slotCopy(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol)
 {
-	QApplication::clipboard()->setText(pItem->text(nCol),
-		QClipboard::Clipboard);
+	TQApplication::clipboard()->setText(pItem->text(nCol),
+		TQClipboard::Clipboard);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -320,15 +320,15 @@ void QueryView::slotCopy(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol)
 void QueryView::slotFilter(int nCol)
 {
 	SearchResultsDlg dlg(this);
-	QRegExp re;
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQRegExp re;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	bool bNegate;
 	
 	// Prepare the dialogue
 	dlg.setColumn(nCol);
 	
 	// Show the dialogue
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return;
 		
 	// Get the selected regular expression
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ void QueryView::slotFilter(int nCol)
  */
 void QueryView::slotShowAll()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Iterate over all items in the list
 	pItem = firstChild();
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ void QueryView::slotShowAll()
  * object.
  * @param	pItem	The item to remove
  */
-void QueryView::slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryView::slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	delete pItem;
 }
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ void QueryView::Iterator::next()
 /**
  * @return	The function associated with the list item the iterator points to
  */
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getFunc()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getFunc()
 {
 	if (m_pItem == NULL)
 		return "";
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ QString QueryView::Iterator::getFunc()
 /**
  * @return	The file associated with the list item the iterator points to
  */
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getFile()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getFile()
 {
 	if (m_pItem == NULL)
 		return "";
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ QString QueryView::Iterator::getFile()
  * @return	The line number associated with the list item the iterator points
  *			to
  */
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getLine()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getLine()
 {
 	if (m_pItem == NULL)
 		return "";
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ QString QueryView::Iterator::getLine()
 /**
  * @return	The text associated with the list item the iterator points to
  */
-QString QueryView::Iterator::getText()
+TQString QueryView::Iterator::getText()
 {
 	if (m_pItem == NULL)
 		return "";
diff --git a/src/queryview.h b/src/queryview.h
index c896d6b..abdcc82 100644
--- a/src/queryview.h
+++ b/src/queryview.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef QUERYVIEW_H
 #define QUERYVIEW_H
 
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 
 class QueryResultsMenu;
 
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class QueryResultsMenu;
  * results numerically by line number.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class QueryViewItem : public QListViewItem
+class QueryViewItem : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
 	/**
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ public:
 	 * @param	pAfter		The item to preceed the new one
 	 * @param	nLineCol	The index of the line column
 	 */
-	QueryViewItem(QListView* pView, QListViewItem* pAfter, 
-		int nLineCol) : QListViewItem(pView, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
+	QueryViewItem(TQListView* pView, TQListViewItem* pAfter, 
+		int nLineCol) : TQListViewItem(pView, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
 		{}
 	
 	/**
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ public:
 	 * @param	pAfter		The item to preceed the new one
 	 * @param	nLineCol	The index of the line column
 	 */
-	QueryViewItem(QListViewItem* pParent, QListViewItem* pAfter, 
-		int nLineCol) : QListViewItem(pParent, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
+	QueryViewItem(TQListViewItem* pParent, TQListViewItem* pAfter, 
+		int nLineCol) : TQListViewItem(pParent, pAfter), m_nLineCol(nLineCol)
 		{}
 	
 	/**
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
 	 * @return	0 if the items are equal, 1 if the current item is greater,
 	 * 			-1 if the current item is smaller
 	 */
-	virtual int compare(QListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
+	virtual int compare(TQListViewItem* pItem, int nCol, bool bAscend) const {
 		if (nCol == m_nLineCol) {
 			uint nLineCur, nLineOther;
 			int nResult;
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
 				return -1; // The second item is greater
 		}
 		
-		return QListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
+		return TQListViewItem::compare(pItem, nCol, bAscend);
 	}
 	
 private:
@@ -115,21 +115,21 @@ private:
  * from records, filter records, and more.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class QueryView : public QListView
+class QueryView : public TQListView
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public:
-	QueryView(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	QueryView(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~QueryView();
 	
-	virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
-		const QString&, QListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
-	virtual void select(QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+		const TQString&, TQListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
+	virtual void select(TQListViewItem*);
 	virtual void selectNext();
 	virtual void selectPrev();
 	virtual void queryProgress();
-	virtual void queryFinished(uint, QListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
+	virtual void queryFinished(uint, TQListViewItem* pParent = NULL);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Provides an iterator over the list of query results.
@@ -157,21 +157,21 @@ public:
 		
 		void next();
 			
-		QString getFunc();
-		QString getFile();
-		QString getLine();
-		QString getText();
+		TQString getFunc();
+		TQString getFile();
+		TQString getLine();
+		TQString getText();
 		
 	private:
 		/** Points to the current list item. */
-		QListViewItem* m_pItem;
+		TQListViewItem* m_pItem;
 		
 		/** 
 		 * Private constructor used to return initialised iterators.
 		 * This constructor can only be called from within QueryView.
 		 * @param	pItem	The initial list item
 		 */
-		Iterator(QListViewItem* pItem) : m_pItem(pItem) {}
+		Iterator(TQListViewItem* pItem) : m_pItem(pItem) {}
 		
 		friend class QueryView;
 	};
@@ -194,24 +194,24 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sFile	The "File" field of the selected record
 	 * @param	nLine	The "Line" field of the selected record
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sFile, uint nLine);	
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine);	
 	
 protected:	
 	/** A popup-menu for manipulating query result items. */
 	QueryResultsMenu* m_pQueryMenu;
 	
 	/** A pointer to the last item (used for appending results). */
-	QListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
+	TQListViewItem* m_pLastItem;
 	
-	void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent*);
+	void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(TQMouseEvent*);
 	
 protected slots:
-	virtual void slotRecordSelected(QListViewItem*);
-	virtual void slotFindDef(const QString&);
-	virtual void slotCopy(QListViewItem*, int);
+	virtual void slotRecordSelected(TQListViewItem*);
+	virtual void slotFindDef(const TQString&);
+	virtual void slotCopy(TQListViewItem*, int);
 	virtual void slotFilter(int);
 	virtual void slotShowAll();
-	virtual void slotRemoveItem(QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void slotRemoveItem(TQListViewItem*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/queryviewdlg.cpp b/src/queryviewdlg.cpp
index 93cd85e..f9ddb84 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/queryviewdlg.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-QueryViewDlg::QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags, QWidget* pParent, 
+QueryViewDlg::QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags, TQWidget* pParent, 
 	const char* szName) :
 	QueryViewLayout(pParent, szName),
 	m_nFlags(nFlags)
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ QueryViewDlg::QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags, QWidget* pParent,
 	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(needToShow()), this, SLOT(slotShow()));	
 	
 	// Propagate the lineRequested() signal from the QueryView object
-	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this,
-		SLOT(slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pView, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this,
+		SLOT(slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint)));
 		
 	// Make the dialogue modal
 	setModal(true);
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ QueryViewDlg::~QueryViewDlg()
  * @param	sText	The query's text
  * @param	bCase		true for case-sensitive queries, false otherwise
  */
-void QueryViewDlg::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase)
+void QueryViewDlg::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase)
 {
 	m_pDriver->query(nType, sText, bCase);
 }
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ void QueryViewDlg::slotShow()
  * This slot is connected to the lineRequested() signal emitted by the
  * QueryView widget.
  */
-void QueryViewDlg::slotLineRequested(const QString& sFileName, uint nLine)
+void QueryViewDlg::slotLineRequested(const TQString& sFileName, uint nLine)
 {
 	emit lineRequested(sFileName, nLine);
 	
diff --git a/src/queryviewdlg.h b/src/queryviewdlg.h
index fc1c2f7..f78ee21 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdlg.h
+++ b/src/queryviewdlg.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class QueryViewDlg : public QueryViewLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags = 0, QWidget* pParent = 0, 
+	QueryViewDlg(uint nFlags = 0, TQWidget* pParent = 0, 
 		const char* szName = 0);
 	~QueryViewDlg();
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
 	enum { CloseOnSelect = 0x1, DestroyOnClose = 0x2,
 		DestroyOnSelect = CloseOnSelect | DestroyOnClose };
 	
-	void query(uint, const QString&, bool bCase = true);
+	void query(uint, const TQString&, bool bCase = true);
 
 	QueryView::Iterator getIterator();
 
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sFile	The "File" field of the selected record
 	 * @param	nLine	The "Line" field of the selected record
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sFile, uint nLine);
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine);
 
 private:
 	/** Flags the control the behaviour of the dialogue. */
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ private:
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotShow();
-	void slotLineRequested(const QString&, uint);
+	void slotLineRequested(const TQString&, uint);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/queryviewdriver.cpp b/src/queryviewdriver.cpp
index f04c44d..8c35238 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdriver.cpp
+++ b/src/queryviewdriver.cpp
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent object of the driver
  * @param	szName	The name of the object
  */
-QueryViewDriver::QueryViewDriver(QueryView* pView, QObject* pParent, 
-	const char* szName) : QObject(pParent, szName),
+QueryViewDriver::QueryViewDriver(QueryView* pView, TQObject* pParent, 
+	const char* szName) : TQObject(pParent, szName),
 	m_pView(pView),
 	m_pItem(NULL),
 	m_progress(pView),
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ QueryViewDriver::~QueryViewDriver()
  * @param	pItem	If non-null, represents an view item passed back to
  *					the view in a call to addRecord()
  */
-void QueryViewDriver::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
-	QListViewItem* pItem)
+void QueryViewDriver::query(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase,
+	TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	m_pItem = pItem;
 	
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void QueryViewDriver::query(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase,
  */
 void QueryViewDriver::slotDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
 {
-	QString sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
+	TQString sFile, sFunc, sLine, sText;
 	
 	// Get the file name
 	sFile = pToken->getData();
diff --git a/src/queryviewdriver.h b/src/queryviewdriver.h
index 77ff9ed..7851cea 100644
--- a/src/queryviewdriver.h
+++ b/src/queryviewdriver.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef QUERYVIEWDRIVER_H
 #define QUERYVIEWDRIVER_H
 
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
 #include "cscopefrontend.h"
 
 class QueryView;
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ class QueryView;
  * query progress bar.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class QueryViewDriver : public QObject
+class QueryViewDriver : public TQObject
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    QueryViewDriver(QueryView*, QObject* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+    QueryViewDriver(QueryView*, TQObject* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
     ~QueryViewDriver();
 
-	void query(uint, const QString&, bool bCase, QListViewItem* pItem = NULL);
+	void query(uint, const TQString&, bool bCase, TQListViewItem* pItem = NULL);
 	
 	/**
 	 * @return	true if a query is currently running, false otherwise
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ private:
 	QueryView* m_pView;
 	
 	/** QueryView item passed to addRecord(). */
-	QListViewItem* m_pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* m_pItem;
 	
 	/** Displays query progress information. */
 	CscopeProgress m_progress;
diff --git a/src/queryviewlayout.ui b/src/queryviewlayout.ui
index ae097c5..6dda34b 100644
--- a/src/queryviewlayout.ui
+++ b/src/queryviewlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>QueryViewLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>QueryViewLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <cstring>m_pView</cstring>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLabel">
+        <widget class="TQLabel">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
                 <enum>Horizontal</enum>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>Layout1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>buttonOk</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
                         <bool>true</bool>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>buttonCancel</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/querywidget.cpp b/src/querywidget.cpp
index 113f216..2246c8e 100644
--- a/src/querywidget.cpp
+++ b/src/querywidget.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include <kmessagebox.h>
 #include "querywidget.h"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-QueryWidget::QueryWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+QueryWidget::QueryWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	QueryWidgetLayout(pParent, szName),
 	m_pPageMenu(NULL),
 	m_pLockAction(NULL),
@@ -50,18 +50,18 @@ QueryWidget::QueryWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_pQueryTabs->setHoverCloseButton(true);
 	
 	// Change the lock action state according to the current page
-	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QWidget*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*)));
+	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(currentChanged(TQWidget*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*)));
 	
 	// Close a query when its tab button is clicked
-	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(closeRequest(QWidget*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotClosePage(QWidget*)));
+	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(closeRequest(TQWidget*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotClosePage(TQWidget*)));
 
 	// Show the menu when requested
-	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(const QPoint&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotContextMenu(const QPoint&)));
-	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(QWidget*, const QPoint&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotContextMenu(QWidget*, const QPoint&)));
+	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(const TQPoint&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotContextMenu(const TQPoint&)));
+	connect(m_pQueryTabs, SIGNAL(contextMenu(TQWidget*, const TQPoint&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotContextMenu(TQWidget*, const TQPoint&)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ QueryWidget::~QueryWidget()
  * @param	sText	The query's text, as entered by the user
  * @param	bCase		true for case-sensitive queries, false otherwise
  */
-void QueryWidget::initQuery(uint nType, const QString& sText, bool bCase)
+void QueryWidget::initQuery(uint nType, const TQString& sText, bool bCase)
 {
 	QueryPage* pPage;
 	
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ void QueryWidget::applyPrefs()
  * @param	sProjPath		The full path of the project directory
  * @param	slFiles	The list of query file names to load
  */
-void QueryWidget::loadPages(const QString& sProjPath,
-	const QStringList& slFiles)
+void QueryWidget::loadPages(const TQString& sProjPath,
+	const TQStringList& slFiles)
 {
-	QStringList::ConstIterator itr;
+	TQStringList::ConstIterator itr;
 	QueryPageBase* pPage;
-	QString sName;
+	TQString sName;
 	
 	// Iterate through query files
 	for (itr = slFiles.begin(); itr != slFiles.end(); ++itr) {
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ void QueryWidget::loadPages(const QString& sProjPath,
  * @param	sProjPath		The full path of the project directory
  * @param	slFiles			Holds a list of query file names, upon return
  */
-void QueryWidget::savePages(const QString& sProjPath, QStringList& slFiles)
+void QueryWidget::savePages(const TQString& sProjPath, TQStringList& slFiles)
 {
 	int nPageCount, i;
 	QueryPage* pPage;
-	QString sFileName;
+	TQString sFileName;
 	
 	// Iterate pages
 	nPageCount = m_pQueryTabs->count();
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ void QueryWidget::savePages(const QString& sProjPath, QStringList& slFiles)
  * @param	sText	The contents of the line pointed to by the file path and
  * 					line number
  */
-void QueryWidget::addHistoryRecord(const QString& sFile, uint nLine, 
-	const QString& sText)
+void QueryWidget::addHistoryRecord(const TQString& sFile, uint nLine, 
+	const TQString& sText)
 {
 	// Validate file name and line number
 	if (sFile.isEmpty() || nLine == 0)
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ void QueryWidget::setPageCaption(QueryPageBase* pPage)
 void QueryWidget::addQueryPage()
 {
 	QueryPage* pPage;
-	QString sTitle;
+	TQString sTitle;
 
 	// Create the page
 	pPage = new QueryPage(this);
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ void QueryWidget::addQueryPage()
 	
 	// Emit the lineRequested() signal when a query record is selected on 
 	// this page
-	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this, 
-		SLOT(slotRequestLine(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(pPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this, 
+		SLOT(slotRequestLine(const TQString&, uint)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotPrevResult()
  */
 void QueryWidget::slotCloseCurrent()
 {
-	QWidget* pPage;
+	TQWidget* pPage;
 
 	// Close the current page
 	pPage = currentPage();
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ void QueryWidget::selectActiveHistory()
  * @param	pMenu	Pointer to the popup menu
  * @param	pAction Pointer to the "Lock/Unlock" toggle action
  */
-void QueryWidget::setPageMenu(QPopupMenu* pMenu, KToggleAction* pAction)
+void QueryWidget::setPageMenu(TQPopupMenu* pMenu, KToggleAction* pAction)
 { 
 	m_pPageMenu = pMenu;
 	m_pLockAction = pAction;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ void QueryWidget::setPageMenu(QPopupMenu* pMenu, KToggleAction* pAction)
  * @param	sFileName	The file's path
  * @param	nLine		The requested line in the file
  */
-void QueryWidget::slotRequestLine(const QString& sFileName, uint nLine)
+void QueryWidget::slotRequestLine(const TQString& sFileName, uint nLine)
 {
 	// Disable history if the request came from the active history page
 	if (currentPage() == m_pHistPage)
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotRequestLine(const QString& sFileName, uint nLine)
  * Update the lock button when the current query page changes.
  * @param	pWidget	The new current page
  */
-void QueryWidget::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
+void QueryWidget::slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget* pWidget)
 {
 	QueryPage* pPage;
 	
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotCurrentChanged(QWidget* pWidget)
  * This slot is connected to the closeRequest() signal of the KTabBar object.
  * @param	pPage	The page to close
  */
-void QueryWidget::slotClosePage(QWidget* pPage)
+void QueryWidget::slotClosePage(TQWidget* pPage)
 {
 	// Prompt the user before closing a locked query
 	if (((QueryPage*)pPage)->isLocked()) {
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotClosePage(QWidget* pPage)
  * @param	pt	The point over which the mouse was clicked in request for the
  *				context menu
  */
-void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(const QPoint& pt)
+void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(const TQPoint& pt)
 {
 	uint i;
 	
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(const QPoint& pt)
  * @param	pt		The point over which the mouse was clicked in request for 
  *					the	context menu
  */
-void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(QWidget* pWidget, const QPoint& pt)
+void QueryWidget::slotContextMenu(TQWidget* pWidget, const TQPoint& pt)
 {
 	uint i;
 	
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ void QueryWidget::findHistoryPage()
 {
 	HistoryPage* pPage;
 	int nPages, i;
-	QString sTitle;
+	TQString sTitle;
 	
 	// First check if the active history page is unlocked
 	if (m_pHistPage != NULL && !m_pHistPage->isLocked())
@@ -594,8 +594,8 @@ void QueryWidget::findHistoryPage()
 
 	// Emit the lineRequested() signal when a query record is selected on 
 	// this page
-	connect(m_pHistPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const QString&, uint)), this, 
-		SLOT(slotRequestLine(const QString&, uint)));
+	connect(m_pHistPage, SIGNAL(lineRequested(const TQString&, uint)), this, 
+		SLOT(slotRequestLine(const TQString&, uint)));
 }
 
 #include "querywidget.moc"
diff --git a/src/querywidget.h b/src/querywidget.h
index a798ec0..d309bb0 100644
--- a/src/querywidget.h
+++ b/src/querywidget.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef QUERYWIDGET_H
 #define QUERYWIDGET_H
 
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
 #include <kaction.h>
 #include "querywidgetlayout.h"
 #include "tabwidget.h"
@@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ class QueryWidget : public QueryWidgetLayout
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	QueryWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	QueryWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~QueryWidget();
 
 	void addQueryPage();
-	void initQuery(uint, const QString&, bool);
+	void initQuery(uint, const TQString&, bool);
 	void applyPrefs();
-	void loadPages(const QString&, const QStringList&);
-	void savePages(const QString&, QStringList&);
-	void addHistoryRecord(const QString&, uint, const QString&);
+	void loadPages(const TQString&, const TQStringList&);
+	void savePages(const TQString&, TQStringList&);
+	void addHistoryRecord(const TQString&, uint, const TQString&);
 	void selectActiveHistory();
-	void setPageMenu(QPopupMenu*, KToggleAction*);
+	void setPageMenu(TQPopupMenu*, KToggleAction*);
 	void getBookmarks(FileLocationList&);
 	
 	/**
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ signals:
 	 * @param	sPath	The full path of the requested source file
 	 * @param	nLine	The requested line number
 	 */
-	void lineRequested(const QString& sPath, uint nLine);
+	void lineRequested(const TQString& sPath, uint nLine);
 	
 	/**
 	 * Emitted when new query page is requested by user
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ signals:
 private:
 	/** A popup menu with query page commands (new query, lock/unlock, close
 		query, etc.). */
-	QPopupMenu* m_pPageMenu;
+	TQPopupMenu* m_pPageMenu;
 	
 	/** A toggle-like action for changing the locked state of a query. */
 	KToggleAction* m_pLockAction;
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ private:
 	/**
 	 * @param	pWidget	A query page to set as the current one
 	 */
-	inline void setCurrentPage(QWidget* pWidget) {
+	inline void setCurrentPage(TQWidget* pWidget) {
 		if (pWidget)
 			m_pQueryTabs->setCurrentPage(m_pQueryTabs->indexOf(pWidget));
 	}
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ private:
 	 * @param	pPage	The page to check
 	 * @return	true if the given page is a history page
 	 */
-	inline bool isHistoryPage(QWidget* pPage) {
+	inline bool isHistoryPage(TQWidget* pPage) {
 		return (dynamic_cast<HistoryPage*>(pPage) != NULL);
 	}
 	
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ private:
 	void findHistoryPage();
 		
 private slots:
-	void slotRequestLine(const QString&, uint);
-	void slotCurrentChanged(QWidget*);
-	void slotClosePage(QWidget*);
-	void slotContextMenu(const QPoint&);
-	void slotContextMenu(QWidget*, const QPoint&);
+	void slotRequestLine(const TQString&, uint);
+	void slotCurrentChanged(TQWidget*);
+	void slotClosePage(TQWidget*);
+	void slotContextMenu(const TQPoint&);
+	void slotContextMenu(TQWidget*, const TQPoint&);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/querywidgetlayout.ui b/src/querywidgetlayout.ui
index 52e7fb3..62299cb 100644
--- a/src/querywidgetlayout.ui
+++ b/src/querywidgetlayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>QueryWidgetLayout</class>
-<widget class="QWidget">
+<widget class="TQWidget">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>QueryWidgetLayout</cstring>
     </property>
diff --git a/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp b/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp
index e380c60..243c3a4 100644
--- a/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/scanprogressdlg.cpp
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "scanprogressdlg.h"
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	The widget's name
  */
-ScanProgressDlg::ScanProgressDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ScanProgressDlg::ScanProgressDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	ScanProgressLayout(pParent, szName),
 	m_nFiles(0),
 	m_nCurFiles(0)
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ ScanProgressDlg::~ScanProgressDlg()
  */
 void ScanProgressDlg::addFiles(int nFiles)
 {
-	QString sText;
+	TQString sText;
 
 	// Do nothing if no files were scanned
 	if (nFiles <= 0)
diff --git a/src/scanprogressdlg.h b/src/scanprogressdlg.h
index 84564de..2e18ed5 100644
--- a/src/scanprogressdlg.h
+++ b/src/scanprogressdlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef SCANPROGRESSDLG_H
 #define SCANPROGRESSDLG_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
 #include <scanprogresslayout.h>
 
 /**
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class ScanProgressDlg : public ScanProgressLayout
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	ScanProgressDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	ScanProgressDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~ScanProgressDlg();
 
 	void addFiles(int);
diff --git a/src/scanprogresslayout.ui b/src/scanprogresslayout.ui
index 85482a8..17da7fa 100644
--- a/src/scanprogresslayout.ui
+++ b/src/scanprogresslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>ScanProgressLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>ScanProgressLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout4</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pText</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
                                 </size>
                             </property>
                         </spacer>
-                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                        <widget class="TQPushButton">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                             </property>
diff --git a/src/searchlist.cpp b/src/searchlist.cpp
index ccff869..867807d 100644
--- a/src/searchlist.cpp
+++ b/src/searchlist.cpp
@@ -25,25 +25,25 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qheader.h>
+#include <ntqheader.h>
 #include "searchlist.h"
 
 /**
- * Intercepting additional key events of QLineEdit to browse the list
+ * Intercepting additional key events of TQLineEdit to browse the list
  * @param	pKey	The pressed key event
  */
-void SearchLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* pKey) 
+void SearchLineEdit::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* pKey) 
 {
 	switch(pKey->key()) {
-	case Qt::Key_Up:
-	case Qt::Key_Down:
-	case Qt::Key_PageUp:
-	case Qt::Key_PageDown:
+	case TQt::Key_Up:
+	case TQt::Key_Down:
+	case TQt::Key_PageUp:
+	case TQt::Key_PageDown:
 		emit keyPressed(pKey); 
 		break;
 	
 	default:
-		QLineEdit::keyPressEvent(pKey);
+		TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent(pKey);
 		break;
 	}
 }
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void SearchLineEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* pKey)
  * @param	pParent	Owner list view widget
  */
 ListToolTip::ListToolTip(SearchList* pParent) : 
-	QToolTip(pParent->getList()->viewport()), 
+	TQToolTip(pParent->getList()->viewport()), 
 	m_pList(pParent)
 {
 }
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ ListToolTip::ListToolTip(SearchList* pParent) :
  * pointer.
  * @param	pt	The mouse pointer coordinates
  */
-void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint& pt)
+void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const TQPoint& pt)
 {
-	QString str;
-	QListView* pList;
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQString str;
+	TQListView* pList;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Get the item at the given point
 	pList = m_pList->getList();
@@ -80,17 +80,17 @@ void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint& pt)
 		return;
 
 	// Get the bounding rectangle of the item
-	const QRect rcItem = pList->itemRect(pItem);
+	const TQRect rcItem = pList->itemRect(pItem);
 	if (!rcItem.isValid())
 		return;
 
 	// Get the header coordinates
-	const QRect rcHead = pList->header()->rect();
+	const TQRect rcHead = pList->header()->rect();
 	if (!rcHead.isValid())
 		return;
 
 	// Calculate the tool-tip rectangle
-	QRect rcCell(rcHead.left(), rcItem.top(), rcItem.width(), rcItem.height());
+	TQRect rcCell(rcHead.left(), rcItem.top(), rcItem.width(), rcItem.height());
 
 	// Display the tool-tip
 	tip(rcCell, str);
@@ -102,28 +102,28 @@ void ListToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint& pt)
  * @param	pParent		The parent widget
  * @param	szName		The widget's name
  */
-SearchList::SearchList(int nSearchCol, QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
-	QVBox(pParent, szName),
+SearchList::SearchList(int nSearchCol, TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+	TQVBox(pParent, szName),
 	m_nSearchCol(nSearchCol)
 {
 	// Create the child widgets
 	m_pEdit = new SearchLineEdit(this);
-	m_pList = new QListView(this);
+	m_pList = new TQListView(this);
 	
 	// Set up the tooltip generator
-	QToolTip::remove(m_pList);
+	TQToolTip::remove(m_pList);
 	m_pToolTip = new ListToolTip(this);
 	
-	connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this,
-		SLOT(slotFindItem(const QString&)));
-	connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
-	connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListViewItem*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this,
+		SLOT(slotFindItem(const TQString&)));
+	connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pList, SIGNAL(returnPressed(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
 	connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this,
 		SLOT(slotItemSelected()));
-	connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(keyPressed(QKeyEvent*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent*)));
+	connect(m_pEdit, SIGNAL(keyPressed(TQKeyEvent*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotKeyPressed(TQKeyEvent*)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ void SearchList::slotSetFocus()
  * This slot is connected to the textChanged() signal of the line edit widget.
  * @param	sText	The new text in the edit widget
  */
-void SearchList::slotFindItem(const QString& sText)
+void SearchList::slotFindItem(const TQString& sText)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Try to find an item that contains this text
 	// Priority to exactly matched, 
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void SearchList::slotFindItem(const QString& sText)
  * This slot is connected to the doubleClicked() and returnPressed()
  * signals of the list widget.
  */
-void SearchList::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void SearchList::slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	processItemSelected(pItem);
 	m_pEdit->setText("");
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ void SearchList::slotItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
  */
 void SearchList::slotItemSelected()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 
 	if ((pItem = m_pList->selectedItem()) != NULL) {
 		m_pEdit->setText(pItem->text(m_nSearchCol));
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ void SearchList::slotItemSelected()
  * This slot is connected to the keyPressed() signal of the edit widget.
  * @param	pKey	The key evant passed by the edit box
  */
-void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
+void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(TQKeyEvent* pKey)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem, * pNewItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem, * pNewItem;
 	int nPageSize, nPos;
 
 	// Select the current item, or the first one if there is no current item
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
 		
 	// Set a new current item based on the pressed key
 	switch (pKey->key()) {
-	case  Qt::Key_Up:
+	case  TQt::Key_Up:
 		if (pItem) {
 			for (pNewItem = pItem->itemAbove(); 
 				pNewItem && !SEARCH_MATCH(pNewItem);
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
 		}
 		break;
 		
-	case  Qt::Key_Down:
+	case  TQt::Key_Down:
 		if (pItem) {
 			for (pNewItem = pItem->itemBelow(); 
 				pNewItem && !SEARCH_MATCH(pNewItem);
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
 		}
 		break;
 	
-	case  Qt::Key_PageUp:
+	case  TQt::Key_PageUp:
 		nPageSize = m_pList->visibleHeight() / pItem->height();
 		for (nPos = 0; 
 			pItem && pItem->itemAbove() && (nPos < nPageSize); 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ void SearchList::slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent* pKey)
 			pItem = pItem->itemAbove();
 		break;
 		
-	case  Qt::Key_PageDown:
+	case  TQt::Key_PageDown:
 		nPageSize = m_pList->visibleHeight() / pItem->height();
 		for (nPos = 0; 
 			pItem && pItem->itemBelow() && (nPos < nPageSize); 
diff --git a/src/searchlist.h b/src/searchlist.h
index ffa7ac8..3986b4b 100644
--- a/src/searchlist.h
+++ b/src/searchlist.h
@@ -28,25 +28,25 @@
 #ifndef SEARCHLIST_H
 #define SEARCHLIST_H
 
-#include <qwidget.h>
-#include <qvbox.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <ntqvbox.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
 
 class SearchList;
 
 /**
  * Defines a line text edit for searchable list view.
- * The widget is based on QLineEdit with additional key functions
+ * The widget is based on TQLineEdit with additional key functions
  * Supported key events (up and down) are emitted as signals
  * @author Albert Yosher
  */
-class SearchLineEdit : public QLineEdit
+class SearchLineEdit : public TQLineEdit
 {
    Q_OBJECT
 public:
-	SearchLineEdit(QWidget* pParent) : QLineEdit(pParent) {};
+	SearchLineEdit(TQWidget* pParent) : TQLineEdit(pParent) {};
 	~SearchLineEdit() {};
 	
 signals:
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ signals:
 	 * inside this edit widget.
 	 * @param	pEvent	The event received for this key press
 	 */
-	void keyPressed(QKeyEvent* pEvent);
+	void keyPressed(TQKeyEvent* pEvent);
 	
 private:
-	virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent*);
+	virtual void keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent*);
 };
 
 /**
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ private:
  * list item.
  * @author Gabor Fekete
  */
-class ListToolTip : public QToolTip
+class ListToolTip : public TQToolTip
 {
 public:
 	ListToolTip(SearchList* pParent);
 
 protected:
-	virtual void maybeTip(const QPoint& pt);
+	virtual void maybeTip(const TQPoint& pt);
 	
 private:
 	/** The owner widget. */
@@ -88,18 +88,18 @@ private:
  * set to point to the first item that matches the new text.
  * @author Elad Lahav
  */
-class SearchList : public QVBox
+class SearchList : public TQVBox
 {
    Q_OBJECT
 
 public: 
-	SearchList(int nSearchCol, QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	SearchList(int nSearchCol, TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~SearchList();
 
 	/**
 	 * @return	A pointer to the list part of the widget.
 	 */
-	QListView* getList() { return m_pList; }
+	TQListView* getList() { return m_pList; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * Constructs a tool-tip for the given item.
@@ -107,30 +107,30 @@ public:
 	 * @param	sTip	The constructed tip string (on return)
 	 * @return	True to display the tip, false otherwise
 	 */
-	virtual bool getTip(QListViewItem* pItem, QString& sTip) = 0;
+	virtual bool getTip(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQString& sTip) = 0;
 
 public slots:
 	void slotSetFocus();
 
 protected:
 	/** The search edit-box. */
-	QLineEdit* m_pEdit;
+	TQLineEdit* m_pEdit;
 	
 	/** The list part of the widget. */
-	QListView* m_pList;
+	TQListView* m_pList;
 
 	/**
 	 * Called whenever the user selects an item in the list by either double-
 	 * clicking it, or by highlighting the item and pressing the ENTER key.
 	 * @param	pItem	The selected list item
 	 */
-	virtual void processItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem) = 0;
+	virtual void processItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem) = 0;
 	
 protected slots:
-	void slotFindItem(const QString&);
-	void slotItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	void slotFindItem(const TQString&);
+	void slotItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 	void slotItemSelected();
-	void slotKeyPressed(QKeyEvent*);
+	void slotKeyPressed(TQKeyEvent*);
 	
 private:
 	/** Specifies the search column, i.e., the list column whose strings are
diff --git a/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp b/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp
index bb63fa5..bbcdd9b 100644
--- a/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp
+++ b/src/searchresultsdlg.cpp
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qlineedit.h>
-#include <qcombobox.h>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqlineedit.h>
+#include <ntqcombobox.h>
+#include <ntqradiobutton.h>
 #include "searchresultsdlg.h"
 
 int SearchResultsDlg::s_nType = PlainText;
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ bool SearchResultsDlg::s_bNegate = false;
  * @param	pParent	The parent widget
  * @param	szName	Optional widget name
  */
-SearchResultsDlg::SearchResultsDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+SearchResultsDlg::SearchResultsDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	SearchResultsLayout(pParent, szName, true, 0)
 {
 	// Select the last selected type radio button
@@ -96,16 +96,16 @@ int SearchResultsDlg::getColumn()
  * Creates a regular expression based on the given pattern and type of search.
  * @param	re	A regular expression object to set
  */
-void SearchResultsDlg::getPattern(QRegExp& re)
+void SearchResultsDlg::getPattern(TQRegExp& re)
 {
-	QString sPattern;
+	TQString sPattern;
 	
 	sPattern = m_pSearchEdit->text();
 	
 	// Create the regular expression
 	switch (s_nType) {
 	case PlainText:
-		re.setPattern(QRegExp::escape(sPattern));
+		re.setPattern(TQRegExp::escape(sPattern));
 		re.setWildcard(false);
 		break;
 		
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ void SearchResultsDlg::getPattern(QRegExp& re)
  */
 void SearchResultsDlg::accept()
 {
-	QString sText;
+	TQString sText;
 		
 	// Determine the selected type and store its value for the next invocation
 	if (m_pTextRadio->isChecked())
@@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ void SearchResultsDlg::accept()
 	sText = m_pSearchEdit->text();
 	sText.stripWhiteSpace();
 	if (sText.isEmpty()) {
-		QDialog::reject();
+		TQDialog::reject();
 		return;
 	}
 
 	// Close the dialogue
-	QDialog::accept();
+	TQDialog::accept();
 }
 
 #include "searchresultsdlg.moc"
diff --git a/src/searchresultsdlg.h b/src/searchresultsdlg.h
index d636f8f..9c30500 100644
--- a/src/searchresultsdlg.h
+++ b/src/searchresultsdlg.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef SEARCHRESULTSDLG_H
 #define SEARCHRESULTSDLG_H
 
-#include <qregexp.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
 #include "searchresultslayout.h"
 
 /**
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ class SearchResultsDlg : public SearchResultsLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	SearchResultsDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	SearchResultsDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~SearchResultsDlg();
 
 	void setColumn(int);
 	int getColumn();
-	void getPattern(QRegExp&);
+	void getPattern(TQRegExp&);
 		
 	/**
 	 * @return	true if the search pattern should be negated, false otherwise
diff --git a/src/searchresultslayout.ui b/src/searchresultslayout.ui
index cdcde53..d897980 100644
--- a/src/searchresultslayout.ui
+++ b/src/searchresultslayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>SearchResultsLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>SearchResultsLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout2</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@
                         <string>Search For:</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                <widget class="TQLineEdit">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pSearchEdit</cstring>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout4</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLabel">
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QComboBox">
+                <widget class="TQComboBox">
                     <item>
                         <property name="text">
                             <string>Function</string>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+        <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>buttonGroup1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                <widget class="TQRadioButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pTextRadio</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
                         <string>Plain Text</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                <widget class="TQRadioButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pRegExpRadio</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
                         <string>RegE&amp;xp</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                <widget class="TQRadioButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pSimpRegExpRadio</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </vbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pCaseSenCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
                 <string>Case Sensitive</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pNegateCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
                 <string>Negate Search</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout3</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
                         <string>OK</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/symbolcompletion.cpp b/src/symbolcompletion.cpp
index 2ec8194..e385c07 100644
--- a/src/symbolcompletion.cpp
+++ b/src/symbolcompletion.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qtimer.h> 
+#include <ntqtimer.h> 
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "symbolcompletion.h"
 
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ uint SymbolCompletion::s_nACMaxEntries;
  * @param	szName	Optional object name
  */
 SymbolCompletion::SymbolCompletion(SymbolCompletion::Interface* pEditor, 
-	QObject* pParent, const char* szName) :
- 	QObject(pParent, szName),
+	TQObject* pParent, const char* szName) :
+ 	TQObject(pParent, szName),
 	m_pEditor(pEditor),
 	m_pCCObject(NULL)
 {
 	// Initialise member objects
 	m_pCscope = new CscopeFrontend();
-	m_pAutoCompTimer = new QTimer(this);
+	m_pAutoCompTimer = new TQTimer(this);
 	
 	// Add entries to the completion list when they are available
 	connect(m_pCscope, SIGNAL(dataReady(FrontendToken*)), this, 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::initAutoCompletion(bool bEnabled, uint nMinChars,
  */
 void SymbolCompletion::slotComplete()
 {
-	QString sSymbol;
+	TQString sSymbol;
 	uint nPosInWord;
 	
 	// Read the symbol currently under the cursor
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotAutoComplete()
  * @param	sPrefix		The symbol to complete
  * @param	nMaxEntries	The maximal number of entries to display
  */
-void SymbolCompletion::complete(const QString& sPrefix, int nMaxEntries)
+void SymbolCompletion::complete(const TQString& sPrefix, int nMaxEntries)
 {	
 	// Create a regular expression to extract symbol names from the query
 	// results
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::filterEntries()
  * message.
  * @param	sMsg	The text of the message to include in the list.
  */
-void SymbolCompletion::makeErrMsg(const QString& sMsg)
+void SymbolCompletion::makeErrMsg(const TQString& sMsg)
 {
 	Entry entry;
 	
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::makeErrMsg(const QString& sMsg)
 void SymbolCompletion::slotAddEntry(FrontendToken* pToken)
 {
 	Entry entry;
-	QString sText;
+	TQString sText;
 	
 	// Do not add entries beyond the requested limit
 	if (m_elEntries.count() > m_nMaxEntries)
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotQueryFinished(uint /* nRecords */)
 	KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface* pCCI;
 	uint nEntryCount;
 	EntryList::Iterator itr;
-	QString sPrevText;
+	TQString sPrevText;
 	
 	// Get the number of entries
 	nEntryCount = m_elEntries.count();
@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotQueryFinished(uint /* nRecords */)
 	// Insert the correct part of the completed symbol, when chosen by the
 	// user
 	connect(m_pCCObject, 
-		SIGNAL(filterInsertString(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, QString*)),
+		SIGNAL(filterInsertString(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, TQString*)),
 		this, 
-		SLOT(slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, QString*)));
+		SLOT(slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, TQString*)));
 
 	// Check the number of entries in the list	
 	if (nEntryCount == 0) {
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotQueryFinished(uint /* nRecords */)
  * @param	pTextToInsert	Contains the string to insert, upon return
  */
 void SymbolCompletion::slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry* pEntry, 
-	QString* pTextToInsert)
+	TQString* pTextToInsert)
 {
 	// Insert the completed entry, unless it contains an error message
 	if (pEntry->userdata.isEmpty())
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void SymbolCompletion::slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry* pEntry,
  */
 void SymbolCompletion::slotAutoCompleteTimeout()
 {	
-	QString sPrefix;
+	TQString sPrefix;
 	uint nPosInWord, nLength;
 	
 	// Read the symbol currently under the cursor
diff --git a/src/symbolcompletion.h b/src/symbolcompletion.h
index 6fe57e2..f25eb91 100644
--- a/src/symbolcompletion.h
+++ b/src/symbolcompletion.h
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 #ifndef SYMBOLCOMPLETION_H
 #define SYMBOLCOMPLETION_H
 
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqobject.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/codecompletioninterface.h>
 #include <ktexteditor/view.h>
 #include "cscopefrontend.h"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
  * The results can then be displayed as symbol completion lists.
  * @author Albert Yosher
  */
-class SymbolCompletion : public QObject
+class SymbolCompletion : public TQObject
 {
 	Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
 		 * @param	pPosInWord	Set this value to the offset in the word on
 		 * 						which the cursor is positioned
 		 */
-		virtual QString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord) = 0;
+		virtual TQString getWordUnderCursor(uint* pPosInWord) = 0;
 		
 		/**
 		 * Returns a target object for displaying the completion list.
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ public:
 		 *			KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface, or NULL if the
 		 *			implementation does not support this interface.
 		 */
-		virtual QObject* getCCObject() = 0;
+		virtual TQObject* getCCObject() = 0;
 	};
 	
-    SymbolCompletion(SymbolCompletion::Interface*, QObject* pParent = 0, 
+    SymbolCompletion(SymbolCompletion::Interface*, TQObject* pParent = 0, 
 		const char* szName = 0);
     ~SymbolCompletion();
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ private:
 	 * A sortable version of the value list used by CodeCompletionInterface.
 	 * @author Albert Yosher
 	 */
-	class EntryList : public QValueList<Entry>
+	class EntryList : public TQValueList<Entry>
 	{
 	public:
 		/** 
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ private:
 		  * Type casting support required for calling showCompletionBox().
 		  * @return	A casted reference to this object
 		  */
-		 operator QValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>() 
-		 	{ return *(QValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>*)this; }
+		 operator TQValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>() 
+		 	{ return *(TQValueList<KTextEditor::CompletionEntry>*)this; }
 	};
 	
 	/** Editor object for which symbol completion is provided. */
@@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ private:
 	
 	/** An object that supports KTextEditor::CodeCompletionInterface, as
 		supplied by the editor. */
-	QObject* m_pCCObject;
+	TQObject* m_pCCObject;
 	
 	/** Cscope process used to run completion queries. */
 	CscopeFrontend* m_pCscope;
 	
 	/** The prefix used for the current query. */
-	QString m_sPrefix;
+	TQString m_sPrefix;
 	
 	/** A list of possible completions for the given prefix. */
 	EntryList m_elEntries;
@@ -159,17 +159,17 @@ private:
 	/** Regular expression for extracting a symbol out of Cscope's text field.
 		NOTE: This member is required due to a bug in Cscope that renders the
 		symbol field useless. */
-	QRegExp m_reSymbol;
+	TQRegExp m_reSymbol;
 	
 	/** Auto-completion timer. */
-	QTimer* m_pAutoCompTimer;
+	TQTimer* m_pAutoCompTimer;
 	
 	/** Auto-completion flag */
 	bool m_bAutoCompletion;
 	
-	void complete(const QString&, int nMaxEntries = 1000);
+	void complete(const TQString&, int nMaxEntries = 1000);
 	void filterEntries();
-	void makeErrMsg(const QString&);
+	void makeErrMsg(const TQString&);
 	
 	/** true if auto-completion is enabled, false otherwise. */
 	static bool s_bACEnabled;
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ private slots:
 	void slotAutoCompleteTimeout();
 	void slotAddEntry(FrontendToken*);
 	void slotQueryFinished(uint);
-	void slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, QString*);
+	void slotFilterInsert(KTextEditor::CompletionEntry*, TQString*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/symboldlg.cpp b/src/symboldlg.cpp
index 3301678..8ec631c 100644
--- a/src/symboldlg.cpp
+++ b/src/symboldlg.cpp
@@ -25,26 +25,26 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qlistview.h>
-#include <qpushbutton.h>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <ntqlabel.h>
+#include <ntqlistview.h>
+#include <ntqpushbutton.h>
+#include <ntqradiobutton.h>
+#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
+#include <ntqgroupbox.h>
 #include <kcombobox.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "symboldlg.h"
 #include "cscopefrontend.h"
 #include "kscopeconfig.h"
 
-QStringList SymbolDlg::s_slHistory;
+TQStringList SymbolDlg::s_slHistory;
 
 /**
  * Class constructor.
  * @param	pParent	Parent widget
  * @param	szName	This widget's name
  */
-SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) : 
+SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) : 
 	SymbolLayout(pParent, szName, true, 0),
 	m_progress(m_pHintList)
 {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	// Initialise the hint list (hidden by default)
 	m_pHintList->addColumn(i18n("Suggested Symbols"));
 	m_pHintList->hide();
-	((QWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->hide();
+	((TQWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->hide();
 	m_pBeginWithRadio->toggle();
 	adjustSize();
 	
@@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ SymbolDlg::SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 		SLOT(slotTypeChanged(int)));
 		
 	// Selecting an item in the hint list sets it as the current text	
-	connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QListViewItem*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotHintItemSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotHintItemSelected(TQListViewItem*)));
 	
 	// Double-clicking an item in the hint list accepts that item as the
 	// result of the query (i.e., the item is selcted and the dialogue is
 	// closed)
-	connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem*)), this,
+	connect(m_pHintList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)), this,
 		SLOT(accept()));
 		
 	// Refresh the hint list when the hint options change
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::setType(uint nType)
 /**
  * @param	sSymbol	The initial text of the combo-box
  */
-void SymbolDlg::setSymbol(const QString& sSymbol)
+void SymbolDlg::setSymbol(const TQString& sSymbol)
 {
 	m_pSymbolHC->setCurrentText(sSymbol);
 }
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::setSymbol(const QString& sSymbol)
 /**
  * @param	slSymHistory	A list of previously queried symbols
  */
-void SymbolDlg::setHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory)
+void SymbolDlg::setHistory(TQStringList& slSymHistory)
 {
 	m_pSymbolHC->setHistoryItems(slSymHistory);
 }
@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ void SymbolDlg::setHistory(QStringList& slSymHistory)
 /**
  * @return	The current text of the symbol combo-box
  */
-QString SymbolDlg::getSymbol() const
+TQString SymbolDlg::getSymbol() const
 {
-	QString sResult;
+	TQString sResult;
 	
 	sResult = m_pSymbolHC->currentText().stripWhiteSpace();
 	if (m_pSubStringCheck->isChecked())
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ bool SymbolDlg::getCase() const
  * @return	The text entered by the user in the symbol combo-box, or an empty
  *			string if the dialogue was cancelled
  */
-QString SymbolDlg::promptSymbol(QWidget* pParent, uint& nType, 
-	const QString& sSymbol, bool& bCase)
+TQString SymbolDlg::promptSymbol(TQWidget* pParent, uint& nType, 
+	const TQString& sSymbol, bool& bCase)
 {
 	SymbolDlg dlg(pParent);
 	
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ QString SymbolDlg::promptSymbol(QWidget* pParent, uint& nType,
 	dlg.setSymbol(sSymbol);
 	
 	// Display the dialogue
-	if (dlg.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+	if (dlg.exec() != TQDialog::Accepted)
 		return "";
 	
 	// Return the text entered by the user
@@ -215,12 +215,12 @@ uint SymbolDlg::getQueryType(uint nType)
  */
 void SymbolDlg::slotHintClicked()
 {
-	QString sText, sRegExp;
+	TQString sText, sRegExp;
 	
 	// Show the hint list if necessary
 	if (!m_pHintList->isVisible()) {
 		m_pHintList->show();
-		((QWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->show();
+		((TQWidget*)m_pHintGroup)->show();
 		adjustSize();
 	}
 	
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::slotHintClicked()
  */
 void SymbolDlg::slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
 {
-	QString sText;
+	TQString sText;
 
 	// Get the line text
 	pToken = pToken->getNext()->getNext()->getNext();
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
 		return;
 	
 	// Add a list item
-	(void)new QListViewItem(m_pHintList, m_reHint.capturedTexts().first());
+	(void)new TQListViewItem(m_pHintList, m_reHint.capturedTexts().first());
 
 }
 
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void SymbolDlg::slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken* pToken)
  * This slot is connected to the doubleClicked() signal of the hint list-view.
  * @param	pItem	The clicked list item
  */
-void SymbolDlg::slotHintItemSelected(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void SymbolDlg::slotHintItemSelected(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	m_pSymbolHC->setCurrentText(pItem->text(0));
 }
diff --git a/src/symboldlg.h b/src/symboldlg.h
index 4360213..1e5b463 100644
--- a/src/symboldlg.h
+++ b/src/symboldlg.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #ifndef SYMBOLDLG_H
 #define SYMBOLDLG_H
 
-#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <ntqregexp.h>
 #include "symbollayout.h"
 #include "cscopefrontend.h"
 
@@ -46,20 +46,20 @@ class SymbolDlg : public SymbolLayout
 	Q_OBJECT
 
 public:
-	SymbolDlg(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	SymbolDlg(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~SymbolDlg();
 
 	enum { Reference = 0, Definition, Called, Calling, Text, Pattern,
 		FileName, Including, CallTree };
 	
 	void setType(uint);
-	void setSymbol(const QString&);
-	void setHistory(QStringList&);
-	QString getSymbol() const;
+	void setSymbol(const TQString&);
+	void setHistory(TQStringList&);
+	TQString getSymbol() const;
 	uint getType() const;
 	bool getCase() const;
 	
-	static QString promptSymbol(QWidget*, uint&, const QString&, bool&);
+	static TQString promptSymbol(TQWidget*, uint&, const TQString&, bool&);
 	static uint getQueryType(uint);
 	static void resetHistory() { s_slHistory.clear(); }
 	
@@ -70,17 +70,17 @@ private:
 	/** A regular expression for extracting the symbol name out of the text
 		token of a Cscope record. 
 		@see note in slotHintDataReady(). */
-	QRegExp m_reHint;
+	TQRegExp m_reHint;
 	
 	/** Displays query progress information. */
 	CscopeProgress m_progress;
 	
-	static QStringList s_slHistory;
+	static TQStringList s_slHistory;
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotHintClicked();
 	void slotHintDataReady(FrontendToken*);
-	void slotHintItemSelected(QListViewItem*);
+	void slotHintItemSelected(TQListViewItem*);
 	void slotHintOptionChanged(bool);
 	void slotHintProgress(int, int);
 	void slotHintFinished(uint);
diff --git a/src/symbollayout.ui b/src/symbollayout.ui
index 09b2885..4ffe188 100644
--- a/src/symbollayout.ui
+++ b/src/symbollayout.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>SymbolLayout</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>SymbolLayout</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
         <property name="name">
             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
         </property>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout15</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout14</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                        <widget class="TQLabel">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
                                 <string>Type</string>
                             </property>
                         </widget>
-                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                        <widget class="TQLabel">
                             <property name="name">
                                 <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
                             </property>
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
                         </widget>
                     </vbox>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>layout13</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
                         <property name="name">
                             <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                         </property>
-                        <widget class="QComboBox">
+                        <widget class="TQComboBox">
                             <item>
                                 <property name="text">
                                     <string>References to</string>
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pSubStringCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                 <string>Alt+A</string>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+        <widget class="TQCheckBox">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pCaseCheck</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
                 <enum>Horizontal</enum>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout3</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pOKButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
                         <string>OK</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pHintButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
                         <string>Hi&amp;nt</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCancelButton</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -242,12 +242,12 @@
                 </widget>
             </hbox>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QListView">
+        <widget class="TQListView">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pHintList</cstring>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+        <widget class="TQButtonGroup">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>m_pHintGroup</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
                 <property name="name">
                     <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
                 </property>
-                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                <widget class="TQRadioButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pBeginWithRadio</cstring>
                     </property>
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
                         <string>S&amp;ymbols Beginning With...</string>
                     </property>
                 </widget>
-                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                <widget class="TQRadioButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pContainRadio</cstring>
                     </property>
diff --git a/src/tabwidget.cpp b/src/tabwidget.cpp
index 2795a84..57cfa84 100644
--- a/src/tabwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/tabwidget.cpp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  *
  ***************************************************************************/
 
-#include <qtooltip.h>
+#include <ntqtooltip.h>
 #include <klocale.h>
 #include "tabwidget.h"
 #include "kscopepixmaps.h"
@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@
  * @param	pParent	A pointer to the parent widget
  * @param	szName	Optional widget name
  */
-TabWidget::TabWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+TabWidget::TabWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	KTabWidget(pParent, szName)
 {
 	// Create a popup menu
-	m_pMenu = new QPopupMenu(this);
+	m_pMenu = new TQPopupMenu(this);
 	
 	// Set the current tab based on the menu selection
 	connect(m_pMenu, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(setCurrentPage(int)));
 	
 	// Create a button at the top-right corner of the tab widget
-	m_pButton = new QToolButton(this);
+	m_pButton = new TQToolButton(this);
 	m_pButton->setIconSet(Pixmaps().getPixmap(KScopePixmaps::TabList));
-	QToolTip::add(m_pButton, i18n("Shows a list of all open tabs"));
+	TQToolTip::add(m_pButton, i18n("Shows a list of all open tabs"));
 	m_pButton->adjustSize();
 	setCornerWidget(m_pButton, TopRight);
 	
diff --git a/src/tabwidget.h b/src/tabwidget.h
index 74672ae..b83589e 100644
--- a/src/tabwidget.h
+++ b/src/tabwidget.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #define TABWIDGET_H
 
 
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qpopupmenu.h>
+#include <ntqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
 #include <ktabwidget.h>
 
 /**
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ class TabWidget : public KTabWidget
 {
 Q_OBJECT
 public:
-    TabWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+    TabWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
     ~TabWidget();
 
 private:
 	/** The list button. */
-	QToolButton* m_pButton;
+	TQToolButton* m_pButton;
 	
 	/** A popup-menu containing all tab labels. */
-	QPopupMenu* m_pMenu;
+	TQPopupMenu* m_pMenu;
 	
 private slots:
 	void slotShowTabList();
diff --git a/src/treewidget.cpp b/src/treewidget.cpp
index b303194..db0a26b 100644
--- a/src/treewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/treewidget.cpp
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
  * @param	pParent	Parent widget
  * @param	szName	The name of the widget
  */
-TreeWidget::TreeWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
+TreeWidget::TreeWidget(TQWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	QueryView(pParent, szName),
 	m_nQueryType(CscopeFrontend::Called)
 {
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ TreeWidget::TreeWidget(QWidget* pParent, const char* szName) :
 	m_pDriver = new QueryViewDriver(this, this);
 	
 	// Query a tree item when it is expanded for the first time
-	connect(this, SIGNAL(expanded(QListViewItem*)), this,
-		SLOT(slotQueryItem(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(expanded(TQListViewItem*)), this,
+		SLOT(slotQueryItem(TQListViewItem*)));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -68,16 +68,16 @@ void TreeWidget::setMode(Mode mode)
  * Sets a new root item for the tree.
  * @param	sFunc	The name of the function to serve as root
  */
-void TreeWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
+void TreeWidget::setRoot(const TQString& sFunc)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pRoot;
+	TQListViewItem* pRoot;
 	
 	// Remove the current root, if any
 	if ((pRoot = firstChild()) != NULL)
 		delete pRoot;
 	
 	// Create a new root item
-	pRoot = new QListViewItem(this, sFunc);
+	pRoot = new TQListViewItem(this, sFunc);
 	pRoot->setExpandable(true);
 }
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void TreeWidget::setRoot(const QString& sFunc)
  */
 void TreeWidget::queryRoot()
 {
-	QListViewItem* pRoot;
+	TQListViewItem* pRoot;
 	
 	if ((pRoot = firstChild()) != NULL)
 		slotQueryItem(pRoot);
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ void TreeWidget::queryRoot()
  */
 void TreeWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
 {
-	QTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
-	QListViewItem* pRoot;
+	TQTextStream str(pFile, IO_WriteOnly);
+	TQListViewItem* pRoot;
 	Encoder enc;
 	
 	if (m_nQueryType == CscopeFrontend::Called)
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void TreeWidget::save(FILE* pFile)
  * @param	str		An initialised text stream to use for writing
  * @param	enc		An encoder for free-text strings
  */
-void TreeWidget::saveItems(QListViewItem* pItem, QTextStream& str, Encoder& enc)
+void TreeWidget::saveItems(TQListViewItem* pItem, TQTextStream& str, Encoder& enc)
 {
 	// Iterate over all items in this level
 	for (; pItem != NULL; pItem = pItem->nextSibling()) {
@@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ void TreeWidget::saveItems(QListViewItem* pItem, QTextStream& str, Encoder& enc)
  * @param	sText	The line's text
  * @param	pParent	The parent for the new item
  */
-void TreeWidget::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
-	const QString& sLine, const QString& sText, QListViewItem* pParent)
+void TreeWidget::addRecord(const TQString& sFunc, const TQString& sFile,
+	const TQString& sLine, const TQString& sText, TQListViewItem* pParent)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	pItem = new QueryViewItem(pParent, m_pLastItem, 2);
 	pItem->setText(0, sFunc);
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ void TreeWidget::addRecord(const QString& sFunc, const QString& sFile,
  * @param	nResults	Number of results
  * @param	pParent		The item for which the query was executed
  */
-void TreeWidget::queryFinished(uint nResults, QListViewItem* pParent)
+void TreeWidget::queryFinished(uint nResults, TQListViewItem* pParent)
 {
 	if (nResults == 0)
 		pParent->setExpandable(false);
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ void TreeWidget::queryFinished(uint nResults, QListViewItem* pParent)
  * This slot is connected to the expanded() signal of the list view.
  * @param	pItem	The item to query
  */
-void TreeWidget::slotQueryItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
+void TreeWidget::slotQueryItem(TQListViewItem* pItem)
 {
 	// Do nothing if the item was already queried
 	// An item has been queried if it has children or marked as non-expandable
@@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ void TreeWidget::slotQueryItem(QListViewItem* pItem)
  * @param	re		The pattern to search
  * @param	nCol	The list column to search in
  */
-void TreeWidget::slotSearch(QListViewItem* pParent, const QRegExp& re, 
+void TreeWidget::slotSearch(TQListViewItem* pParent, const TQRegExp& re, 
 	int nCol)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Get the first child
 	if (pParent != NULL)
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ void TreeWidget::slotSearch(QListViewItem* pParent, const QRegExp& re,
  * This slot is connected to the showAll() signal of the QueryResultsMenu
  * object.
  */
-void TreeWidget::slotShowAll(QListViewItem* pParent)
+void TreeWidget::slotShowAll(TQListViewItem* pParent)
 {
-	QListViewItem* pItem;
+	TQListViewItem* pItem;
 	
 	// Get the first child
 	if (pParent != NULL)
diff --git a/src/treewidget.h b/src/treewidget.h
index 57c2a98..34d32b6 100644
--- a/src/treewidget.h
+++ b/src/treewidget.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class TreeWidget : public QueryView
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 public:
-	TreeWidget(QWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
+	TreeWidget(TQWidget* pParent = 0, const char* szName = 0);
 	~TreeWidget();
 	
 	/**
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
 	enum Mode { Called, Calling };
 	
 	void setMode(Mode);
-	void setRoot(const QString&);
+	void setRoot(const TQString&);
 	void queryRoot();
 	void save(FILE*);
 	
-	virtual void addRecord(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&,
-		const QString&, QListViewItem*);
-	virtual void queryFinished(uint, QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void addRecord(const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
+		const TQString&, TQListViewItem*);
+	virtual void queryFinished(uint, TQListViewItem*);
 	
 protected slots:
-	virtual void slotSearch(QListViewItem*, const QRegExp&, int);
-	virtual void slotShowAll(QListViewItem*);
+	virtual void slotSearch(TQListViewItem*, const TQRegExp&, int);
+	virtual void slotShowAll(TQListViewItem*);
 	
 private:
 	/** The CscopeFrontend query type to use (based on the current mode). */
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ private:
 	/** Runs queries and outputs the results as tree items. */
 	QueryViewDriver* m_pDriver;
 	
-	void saveItems(QListViewItem*, QTextStream&, Encoder&);
+	void saveItems(TQListViewItem*, TQTextStream&, Encoder&);
 	
 private slots:
-	void slotQueryItem(QListViewItem*);
+	void slotQueryItem(TQListViewItem*);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/welcomedlg.ui b/src/welcomedlg.ui
index 44c385c..dde3cdd 100644
--- a/src/welcomedlg.ui
+++ b/src/welcomedlg.ui
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>WelcomeDlg</class>
-<widget class="QDialog">
+<widget class="TQDialog">
     <property name="name">
         <cstring>WelcomeDlg</cstring>
     </property>
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Enjoy!
                 <enum>Horizontal</enum>
             </property>
         </widget>
-        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
             <property name="name">
                 <cstring>layout1</cstring>
             </property>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Enjoy!
                         </size>
                     </property>
                 </spacer>
-                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                <widget class="TQPushButton">
                     <property name="name">
                         <cstring>m_pCloseButton</cstring>
                     </property>